KEY 10-Q Quarterly Report June 30, 2016 | Alphaminr

KEY 10-Q Quarter ended June 30, 2016

KEYCORP /NEW/
10-Qs and 10-Ks
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2025
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2024
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2023
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2022
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2021
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2020
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2019
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2018
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2017
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2016
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2015
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2014
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended March 15, 2013
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2012
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2009
PROXIES
DEF 14A
Filed on March 28, 2025
DEF 14A
Filed on March 22, 2024
DEF 14A
Filed on March 24, 2023
DEF 14A
Filed on March 25, 2022
DEF 14A
Filed on March 26, 2021
DEF 14A
Filed on April 3, 2020
DEF 14A
Filed on April 5, 2019
DEF 14A
Filed on March 23, 2018
DEF 14A
Filed on March 29, 2017
DEF 14A
Filed on April 6, 2016
DEF 14A
Filed on April 7, 2015
DEF 14A
Filed on April 4, 2014
DEF 14A
Filed on March 29, 2013
DEF 14A
Filed on March 29, 2012
DEF 14A
Filed on April 5, 2011
DEF 14A
Filed on April 2, 2010
10-Q 1 d197596d10q.htm FORM 10-Q Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2016

Commission File Number 001-11302

LOGO

Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter:

Ohio 34-6542451

State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number:

127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306
Address of principal executive offices: Zip Code:

(216) 689-3000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ¨ No x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Common Shares with a par value of $1 each

1,082,180,931 Shares

Title of class Outstanding at August 1, 2016


Table of Contents

KEYCORP

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Page Number

Item 1.

Financial Statements

5

Consolidated Balance Sheets —
June 30, 2016 (Unaudited), December 31, 2015, and
June 30, 2015 (Unaudited)

5

Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) —
Three and six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015

6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) —
Three and six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015

7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited) —
Six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015

8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) —
Six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015

9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

10

Note 1.     Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

10

Note 2.    Earnings Per Common Share

15

Note 3.    Loans and Loans Held for Sale

16

Note 4.    Asset Quality

18

Note 5.    Fair Value Measurements

32

Note 6.    Securities

48

Note 7.    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

52

Note 8.    Mortgage Servicing Assets

60

Note 9.    Variable Interest Entities

62

Note 10.  Income Taxes

64

Note 11.  Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations

65

Note 12.  Securities Financing Activities

71

Note 13.  Employee Benefits

73

Note 14.   Trust Preferred Securities Issued by Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

74

Note 15.  Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

75

Note 16.  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

77

Note 17.  Shareholders’ Equity

80

Note 18.  Line of Business Results

81

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

85

2


Table of Contents

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations

86

Introduction

86

Terminology

86

Selected financial data

87

Forward-looking statements

88

Economic overview

89

Long-term financial goals

90

Strategic developments

90

Demographics

91

Supervision and regulation

93

Highlights of Our Performance

96

Financial performance

96

Results of Operations

101

Net interest income

101

Noninterest income

104

Noninterest expense

107

Income taxes

108

Line of Business Results

109

Key Community Bank summary of operations

109

Key Corporate Bank summary of operations

110

Other Segments

111

Financial Condition

112

Loans and loans held for sale

112

Securities

119

Other investments

122

Deposits and other sources of funds

122

Capital

123

Risk Management

126

Overview

126

Market risk management

127

Liquidity risk management

132

Credit risk management

135

Operational and compliance risk management

142

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

143

European Sovereign and Non-Sovereign Debt Exposures

144

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

145

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

145

3


Table of Contents
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

145

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

145

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

146

Item 6.

Exhibits

146

Signature

147

Throughout the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) and Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations, we use certain acronyms and abbreviations as defined in Note 1 (“Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies”) that begins on page 10.

4


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets

in millions, except per share data

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks

$ 496 $ 607 $ 693

Short-term investments

6,599 2,707 3,222

Trading account assets

965 788 674

Securities available for sale

14,552 14,218 14,244

Held-to-maturity securities (fair value: $4,889, $4,848, and $4,992)

4,832 4,897 5,022

Other investments

577 655 703

Loans, net of unearned income of $615, $646, and $657

62,098 59,876 58,264

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

854 796 796

Net loans

61,244 59,080 57,468

Loans held for sale

442 639 835

Premises and equipment

742 779 788

Operating lease assets

399 340 296

Goodwill

1,060 1,060 1,057

Other intangible assets

50 65 83

Corporate-owned life insurance

3,568 3,541 3,502

Derivative assets

1,234 619 536

Accrued income and other assets

2,673 3,290 3,312

Discontinued assets (including $3 and $4 million of portfolio loans at fair value and $179 million of portfolio loans held for sale at fair value, see Note 11)

1,717 1,846 2,169

Total assets

$ 101,150 $ 95,131 $ 94,604

LIABILITIES

Deposits in domestic offices:

NOW and money market deposit accounts

$ 40,195 $ 37,089 $ 36,024

Savings deposits

2,355 2,341 2,370

Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)

3,381 2,392 2,032

Other time deposits

3,267 3,127 3,105

Total interest-bearing deposits

49,198 44,949 43,531

Noninterest-bearing deposits

26,127 26,097 26,640

Deposits in foreign office — interest-bearing

498

Total deposits

75,325 71,046 70,669

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

360 372 444

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings

687 533 528

Derivative liabilities

746 632 560

Accrued expense and other liabilities

1,326 1,605 1,537

Long-term debt

11,388 10,184 10,265

Total liabilities

89,832 84,372 84,003

EQUITY

Preferred stock, $1 par value, authorized 25,000,000 shares:

7.75% Noncumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, $100 liquidation preference; authorized 2,900,234 shares; issued 2,900,234, 2,900,234, and 2,900,234 shares

290 290 290

Common shares, $1 par value; authorized 1,400,000,000 shares; issued 1,016,969,905, 1,016,969,905, and 1,016,969,905 shares

1,017 1,017 1,017

Capital surplus

3,835 3,922 3,898

Retained earnings

9,166 8,922 8,614

Treasury stock, at cost (174,267,011, 181,218,648, and 173,362,345 shares)

(2,881 ) (3,000 ) (2,884 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

(114 ) (405 ) (345 )

Key shareholders’ equity

11,313 10,746 10,590

Noncontrolling interests

5 13 11

Total equity

11,318 10,759 10,601

Total liabilities and equity

$ 101,150 $ 95,131 $ 94,604

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

5


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

dollars in millions, except per share amounts

2016 2015 2016 2015

INTEREST INCOME

Loans

$ 567 $ 532 $ 1,129 $ 1,055

Loans held for sale

5 12 13 19

Securities available for sale

74 72 149 142

Held-to-maturity securities

24 24 48 48

Trading account assets

6 5 13 10

Short-term investments

6 2 10 4

Other investments

2 5 5 10

Total interest income

684 652 1,367 1,288

INTEREST EXPENSE

Deposits

34 26 65 52

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings

3 2 5 4

Long-term debt

50 40 96 77

Total interest expense

87 68 166 133

NET INTEREST INCOME

597 584 1,201 1,155

Provision for credit losses

52 41 141 76

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

545 543 1,060 1,079

NONINTEREST INCOME

Trust and investment services income

110 111 219 220

Investment banking and debt placement fees

98 141 169 209

Service charges on deposit accounts

68 63 133 124

Operating lease income and other leasing gains

18 24 35 43

Corporate services income

53 43 103 86

Cards and payments income

52 47 98 89

Corporate-owned life insurance income

28 30 56 61

Consumer mortgage income

3 4 5 7

Mortgage servicing fees

10 9 22 22

Net gains (losses) from principal investing

11 11 11 40

Other income (a)

22 5 53 24

Total noninterest income

473 488 904 925

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Personnel

427 408 831 797

Net occupancy

59 66 120 131

Computer processing

45 42 88 80

Business services and professional fees

40 42 81 75

Equipment

21 22 42 44

Operating lease expense

14 12 27 23

Marketing

22 15 34 23

FDIC assessment

8 8 17 16

Intangible asset amortization

7 9 15 18

OREO expense, net

2 1 3 3

Other expense

106 86 196 170

Total noninterest expense

751 711 1,454 1,380

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

267 320 510 624

Income taxes

69 84 125 158

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

198 236 385 466

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $2, $2, $2, and $5 (see Note 11)

3 3 4 8

NET INCOME (LOSS)

201 239 389 474

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

(1 ) 1 (1 ) 3

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO KEY

$ 202 $ 238 $ 390 $ 471

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ 193 $ 230 $ 375 $ 452

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders

196 233 379 460

Per common share:

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ .23 $ .27 $ .45 $ .53

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

.01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (b)

.23 .28 .45 .54

Per common share — assuming dilution:

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ .23 $ .27 $ .44 $ .52

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

.01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (b)

.23 .27 .45 .53

Cash dividends declared per common share

$ .085 $ .075 $ .16 $ .14

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000)

831,899 839,454 829,640 843,992

Effect of convertible preferred stock

Effect of common share options and other stock awards

6,597 6,858 7,138 7,695

Weighted-average common shares and potential common shares outstanding (000) (c)

838,496 846,312 836,778 851,687

(a) For the three months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, net securities gains (losses) totaled less than $1 million. For the three months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, we did not have any impairment losses related to securities.
(b) EPS may not foot due to rounding.
(c) Assumes conversion of common share options and other stock awards and/or convertible preferred stock, as applicable.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

6


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Net income (loss)

$ 201 $ 239 $ 389 $ 474

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes of $35, ($31), $111 and $2

59 (51 ) 187 4

Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments, net of income taxes of $22, ($10), $56, and $9

36 (17 ) 94 15

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes of $1, $0, $4, and ($8)

2 7 (13 )

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of income taxes of $1, $2, $5, and $3

2 2 3 5

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

99 (66 ) 291 11

Comprehensive income (loss)

300 173 680 485

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(1 ) 1 (1 ) 3

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 301 $ 172 $ 681 $ 482

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

7


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)

Key Shareholders’ Equity

dollars in millions, except per share amounts

Preferred
Shares
Outstanding
(000)
Common
Shares
Outstanding
(000)
Preferred
Stock
Common
Shares
Capital
Surplus
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock, at
Cost
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

(Loss)
Noncontrolling
Interests

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

2,905 859,403 $ 291 $ 1,017 $ 3,986 $ 8,273 $ (2,681 ) $ (356 ) $ 12

Net income (loss)

471 3

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes of $2

4

Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments, net of income taxes of $9

15

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes of ($8)

(13 )

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of income taxes of $3

5

Deferred compensation

12

Cash dividends declared on common shares ($.14 per share)

(119 )

Cash dividends declared on Noncumulative Series A Preferred Stock ($3.875 per share)

(11 )

Common shares repurchased

(22,881 ) (325 )

Series A Preferred Stock exchanged for common shares

(5 ) 33 (1 ) 1

Common shares reissued (returned) for stock options and other employee benefit plans

7,053 (100 ) 121

Net contribution from (distribution to) noncontrolling interests

(4 )

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2015

2,900 843,608 $ 290 $ 1,017 $ 3,898 $ 8,614 $ (2,884 ) $ (345 ) $ 11

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

2,900 835,751 $ 290 $ 1,017 $ 3,922 $ 8,922 $ (3,000 ) $ (405 ) $ 13

Net income (loss)

390 (1 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes of $111

187

Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments, net of income taxes of $56

94

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes of $4

7

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of income taxes of $5

3

Deferred compensation

(4 )

Cash dividends declared on common shares ($.16 per share)

(135 )

Cash dividends declared on Noncumulative Series A Preferred Stock ($3.875 per share)

(11 )

Common shares reissued (returned) for stock options and other employee benefit plans

6,952 (83 ) 119

Net contribution from (distribution to) noncontrolling interests

(7 )

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2016

2,900 842,703 $ 290 $ 1,017 $ 3,835 $ 9,166 $ (2,881 ) $ (114 ) $ 5

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

8


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net income (loss)

$ 389 $ 474

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Provision for credit losses

141 76

Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense, net

124 116

Increase in cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance

(49 ) (50 )

Stock-based compensation expense

36 33

FDIC reimbursement (payments), net of FDIC expense

(1 )

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

27 (27 )

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

2,940 3,726

Originations of loans held for sale, net of repayments

(2,691 ) (3,756 )

Net losses (gains) on sales of loans held for sale

(31 ) (55 )

Net losses (gains) from principal investing

(11 ) (40 )

Net losses (gains) and writedown on OREO

2 2

Net losses (gains) on leased equipment

1 (9 )

Net securities losses (gains)

1

Net losses (gains) on sales of fixed assets

3 2

Net decrease (increase) in trading account assets

(177 ) 76

Other operating activities, net

20 (509 )

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

724 59

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Net decrease (increase) in short-term investments, excluding acquisitions

(3,892 ) 1,047

Purchases of securities available for sale

(1,614 ) (2,451 )

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

11

Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of securities available for sale

1,565 1,547

Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of held-to-maturity securities

586 566

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

(523 ) (575 )

Purchases of other investments

(24 ) (20 )

Proceeds from sales of other investments

77 77

Proceeds from prepayments and maturities of other investments

1 5

Net decrease (increase) in loans, excluding acquisitions, sales and transfers

(2,429 ) (1,128 )

Proceeds from sales of portfolio loans

72 67

Proceeds from corporate-owned life insurance

22 26

Purchases of premises, equipment, and software

(30 ) (17 )

Proceeds from sales of OREO

7 10

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

(6,182 ) (835 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net increase (decrease) in deposits, excluding acquisitions

4,279 (1,329 )

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

142 (26 )

Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

1,578 2,750

Payments on long-term debt

(509 ) (141 )

Repurchase of common shares

(325 )

Net proceeds from reissuance of common shares

3 17

Cash dividends paid

(146 ) (130 )

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

5,347 816

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

(111 ) 40

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

607 653

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS AT END OF PERIOD

$ 496 $ 693

Additional disclosures relative to cash flows:

Interest paid

$ 190 $ 149

Income taxes paid (refunded)

59 90

Noncash items:

Reduction of secured borrowing and related collateral

$ 33 $ 103

Loans transferred to portfolio from held for sale

6

Loans transferred to held for sale from portfolio

28 16

Loans transferred to OREO

10 12

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

9


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

As used in these Notes, references to “Key,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar terms refer to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries. KeyCorp refers solely to the parent holding company, and KeyBank refers to KeyCorp’s subsidiary, KeyBank National Association.

The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) as well as in the Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations. You may find it helpful to refer back to this page as you read this report.

References to our “2015 Form 10-K” refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and is available on its website ( www.sec.gov ) and on our website ( www.key.com/ir ).

AICPA: American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. KCDC: Key Community Development Corporation.
ALCO: Asset/Liability Management Committee. KEF: Key Equipment Finance.
ALLL: Allowance for loan and lease losses. KPP: Key Principal Partners.
A/LM: Asset/liability management. KREEC: Key Real Estate Equity Capital, Inc.
AOCI: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). LCR: Liquidity coverage ratio.
APBO: Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. LIBOR: London Interbank Offered Rate.
Austin: Austin Capital Management, Ltd. LIHTC: Low-income housing tax credit.
BHCs: Bank holding companies. Moody’s: Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
Board: KeyCorp Board of Directors. MRM: Market Risk Management group.
CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review. N/A: Not applicable.
CMBS: Commercial mortgage-backed securities. NASDAQ: The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.
CMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation. NAV: Net asset value.
Common shares: KeyCorp common shares, $1 par value. N/M: Not meaningful.
DIF: Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. NOW: Negotiable Order of Withdrawal.
Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and NPR: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
Consumer Protection Act of 2010. NYSE: New York Stock Exchange.
EBITDA: Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
amortization. OCI: Other comprehensive income (loss).
EPS: Earnings per share. OREO: Other real estate owned.
ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. OTTI: Other-than-temporary impairment.
ERM: Enterprise risk management. PBO: Projected benefit obligation.
EVE: Economic value of equity. PCI: Purchased credit impaired.
FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board. S&P: Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The
FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Federal Reserve: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve SEC: U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
System. Series A Preferred Stock: KeyCorp’s 7.750% Noncumulative
FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati. Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A.
FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. SIFIs: Systemically important financial institutions, including
First Niagara: First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. BHCs with total consolidated assets of at least $50 billion
(NASDAQ: FNFG). and nonbank financial companies designated by FSOC for
FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae. supervision by the Federal Reserve.
FSOC: Financial Stability Oversight Council. TDR: Troubled debt restructuring.
GAAP: U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. TE: Taxable-equivalent.
GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association. U.S. Treasury: United States Department of the Treasury.
ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association. VaR: Value at risk.
KAHC: Key Affordable Housing Corporation. VEBA: Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association.
KCC: Key Capital Corporation. VIE: Variable interest entity.

10


Table of Contents

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Some previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current reporting practices.

The consolidated financial statements include any voting rights entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Variable interests can include equity interests, subordinated debt, derivative contracts, leases, service agreements, guarantees, standby letters of credit, loan commitments, and other contracts, agreements, and financial instruments. See Note 9 (“Variable Interest Entities”) for information on our involvement with VIEs.

We use the equity method to account for unconsolidated investments in voting rights entities or VIEs if we have significant influence over the entity’s operating and financing decisions (usually defined as a voting or economic interest of 20% to 50%, but not controlling). Unconsolidated investments in voting rights entities or VIEs in which we have a voting or economic interest of less than 20% generally are carried at cost. Investments held by our registered broker-dealer and investment company subsidiaries (principal investing entities and Real Estate Capital line of business) are carried at fair value.

We believe that the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature and disclosures that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year. The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our 2015 Form 10-K.

In preparing these financial statements, subsequent events were evaluated through the time the financial statements were issued. Financial statements are considered issued when they are widely distributed to all shareholders and other financial statement users, or filed with the SEC.

Offsetting Derivative Positions

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we take into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral when recognizing derivative assets and liabilities. Additional information regarding derivative offsetting is provided in Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2016

Business combinations. In September 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that obligates an acquirer in a business combination to recognize adjustments to provisional amounts in the reporting period that the amounts were determined, eliminating the requirement for retrospective adjustments. The acquirer should record in the current period any income effects that resulted from the change in provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting were completed at the acquisition date. This accounting guidance was effective prospectively for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us). Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Fair value measurement. In May 2015, the FASB issued new disclosure guidance that eliminates the requirement to categorize investments measured using the net asset value practical expedient in the fair value hierarchy table. Entities are required to disclose the fair value of investments measured using the net asset value practical expedient so that financial statement users can reconcile amounts reported in the fair value hierarchy table to amounts reported on the balance sheet. This disclosure guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (March 31, 2016, for us) on a retrospective basis. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this disclosure guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations. We provide the disclosure related to this new guidance in Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”).

Cloud computing fees. In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies a customer’s accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a

11


Table of Contents

service contract. This accounting guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us) and could be implemented using either a prospective method or a retrospective method. Early adoption was permitted. We elected to implement this new accounting guidance using a prospective approach. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Imputation of interest. In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This accounting guidance was effective retrospectively for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us). Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Consolidation. In February 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that changes the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. The new guidance amends the current accounting guidance to address limited partnerships and similar legal entities, certain investment funds, fees paid to a decision maker or service provider, and the impact of fee arrangements and related parties on the primary beneficiary determination. This accounting guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us) and was implemented using a modified retrospective basis. Retrospective application to all relevant prior periods and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations. Our Principal Investing unit and the Real Estate Capital line of business have equity and mezzanine investments, which were subjected to the new guidance. We determined these investments are VIEs. We provide disclosures related to our variable interest entities as required by the new guidance in Note 9 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

Derivatives and hedging. In November 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies how current guidance should be interpreted when evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. An entity should consider all relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for bifurcation, when evaluating the nature of a host contract. This accounting guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us) and could be implemented using a modified retrospective basis. Retrospective application to all relevant prior periods and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Consolidation. In August 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies how to measure the financial assets and the financial liabilities of a consolidated collateralized financing entity. This accounting guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us) and could be implemented using either a retrospective method or a cumulative-effect approach. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Stock-based compensation. In June 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies how to account for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. This accounting guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 (effective January 1, 2016, for us) and could be implemented using either a retrospective method or a prospective method. Early adoption was permitted. We elected to implement this new accounting guidance using a prospective approach. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Accounting Guidance Pending Adoption at June 30, 2016

Financial instruments. In June 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that changes the methodology for recognizing credit losses related to financial instruments. Under current GAAP, a credit loss is not recognized until it is probable the loss has been incurred. The new accounting guidance eliminates that threshold and expands the information required for an entity to consider when developing an estimate of expected credit losses, including the use of forecasted information. Entities will be required to present financial assets measured on an amortized cost basis at the net amount that is expected to be collected. This new guidance will impact the accounting for our loans, debt securities available for sale, and liability for credit losses on unfunded lending-related commitments as well as purchased financial assets with a more than insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 (effective January 1, 2020, for us). Early adoption is permitted but only for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. This guidance must be implemented using a modified retrospective basis except a prospective approach must be used for debt securities for which an other-than-

12


Table of Contents

temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. A prospective transition approach also should be used for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. We are currently evaluating the impact that this accounting guidance may have on our financial condition or results of operations.

Stock-based compensation. In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that simplifies accounting for several aspects of share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and presentation on the statement of cash flows. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (effective January 1, 2017, for us). The method of transition is dependent on the particular amendment within the new guidance. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Equity method investments. In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that simplifies the transition to equity method accounting by eliminating the requirement for an investor to make retroactive adjustments to the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings on a step-by-step basis when an investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Instead, when an investment qualifies for the equity method due to an increase in ownership or degree of influence, an equity method investor is required to add the cost of acquiring the additional interest to the current basis of the previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for the equity method. This accounting guidance will be effective prospectively for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (effective January 1, 2017, for us). Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Derivatives and hedging. In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires an entity to use a four-step decision model when assessing contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments to determine whether they are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (effective January 1, 2017, for us) and must be implemented using a modified retrospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Derivatives and hedging . In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument does not, by itself, require dedesignation, but all other hedge accounting criteria must be met. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (effective January 1, 2017, for us) and can be implemented using either a prospective method or a modified retrospective method. Early adoption is permitted. We have elected to implement this new accounting guidance using a prospective method. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Extinguishment of liabilities. In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that clarifies that liabilities related to the sale of prepaid stored-value products are financial liabilities, and breakage should be accounted for under the breakage guidance in the new revenue recognition accounting guidance. It also provides clarity on how prepaid product liabilities should be derecognized. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (effective January 1, 2018, for us) and can be implemented using either a modified retrospective approach or retrospective approach. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Leases. In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires a lessee to recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right of use asset representing its right to use an underlying asset during the lease term for both finance and operating leases. The definition of a lease was modified to exemplify the concept of control over an asset identified in the lease. Lease classification criteria remains substantially similar to criteria in current lease guidance. The guidance defines which payments can be used in determining lease classification. For short-term leases with a term of 12 months or less, lessees can make a policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Leveraged leases that commenced before the effective date of the new guidance are grandfathered. New disclosures are required, and certain practical expedients are allowed upon adoption. This accounting and disclosure guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 (effective January 1, 2019, for us) and should be implemented using the modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this accounting guidance may have on our financial condition or results of operations.

13


Table of Contents

Financial instruments. In January 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or consolidated, to be measured at fair value with changes recognized in net income. If there is no readily determinable fair value, the guidance allows entities the ability to measure investments at cost less impairment, whereby impairment is based on a qualitative assessment. The guidance eliminates the requirement to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost and changes the presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities on the balance sheet or in the footnotes. If an entity has elected the fair value option to measure liabilities, the new accounting guidance requires the portion of the change in the fair value of a liability resulting from credit risk to be presented in OCI. We have not elected to measure any of our liabilities at fair value, and therefore, this aspect of the guidance is not applicable to us. This accounting and disclosure guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (effective January 1, 2018, for us). For the guidance applicable to us, the accounting will be implemented on a prospective basis, whereby early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this accounting guidance may have on our financial condition or results of operations.

Going concern. In August 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. Disclosure is required when conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. This accounting guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (effective January 1, 2017, for us). Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Revenue recognition. In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that revises the criteria for determining when to recognize revenue from contracts with customers and expands disclosure requirements. This accounting guidance can be implemented using either a retrospective method or a cumulative-effect approach. In August 2015, the FASB issued an update that defers the effective date of the revenue recognition guidance by one year. This new guidance will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (effective January 1, 2018, for us). Early adoption is permitted but only for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We have elected to implement this new accounting guidance using a cumulative-effect approach. Our preliminary analysis suggests that the adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There are many aspects of this new accounting guidance that are still being interpreted, and the FASB has recently issued updates to certain aspects of the guidance to address implementation issues. For example, the FASB issued accounting guidance in March 2016 to clarify principal versus agent considerations and additional guidance in April 2016 to clarify the identification of performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance. In May 2016, the FASB issued narrow-scope improvements related to collectability, sales tax and noncash consideration, and practical expedients for contract modifications and completed contracts. The results of our materiality analysis may change based on the conclusions reached as to the application of the new guidance.

14


Table of Contents

2. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share is the amount of earnings (adjusted for dividends declared on our preferred stock) available to each common share outstanding during the reporting periods. Diluted earnings per share is the amount of earnings available to each common share outstanding during the reporting periods adjusted to include the effects of potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares include incremental shares issued for the conversion of our convertible Series A Preferred Stock, stock options, and other stock-based awards. Potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in the periods where the effect would be antidilutive. For diluted earnings per share, net income available to common shareholders can be affected by the conversion of our convertible Series A Preferred Stock. Where the effect of this conversion would be dilutive, net income available to common shareholders is adjusted by the amount of preferred dividends associated with our Series A Preferred Stock.

Our basic and diluted earnings per common share are calculated as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

dollars in millions, except per share amounts

2016 2015 2016 2015

EARNINGS

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 198 $ 236 $ 385 $ 466

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

(1 ) 1 (1 ) 3

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key

199 235 386 463

Less: Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock

6 5 11 11

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

193 230 375 452

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

3 3 4 8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders

$ 196 $ 233 $ 379 $ 460

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000)

831,899 839,454 829,640 843,992

Effect of convertible preferred stock

Effect of common share options and other stock awards

6,597 6,858 7,138 7,695

Weighted-average common shares and potential common shares outstanding (000) (b)

838,496 846,312 836,778 851,687

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ .23 $ .27 $ .45 $ .53

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

.01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common
shareholders (c)

.23 .28 .45 .54

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders — assuming dilution

$ .23 $ .27 $ .44 $ .52

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

.01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders — assuming dilution (c)

.23 .27 .45 .53

(a) In September 2009, we decided to discontinue the education lending business conducted through Key Education Resources, the education payment and financing unit of KeyBank. As a result of this decision, we have accounted for this business as a discontinued operation. For further discussion regarding the income (loss) from discontinued operations, see Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”).
(b) Assumes conversion of common share options and other stock awards and/or convertible preferred stock, as applicable.
(c) EPS may not foot due to rounding.

15


Table of Contents

3. Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Our loans by category are summarized as follows:

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial, financial and agricultural (a)

$ 33,376 $ 31,240 $ 29,285

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

8,582 7,959 7,874

Construction

881 1,053 1,254

Total commercial real estate loans

9,463 9,012 9,128

Commercial lease financing (b)

3,988 4,020 4,010

Total commercial loans

46,827 44,272 42,423

Residential — prime loans:

Real estate — residential mortgage

2,285 2,242 2,252

Home equity loans

10,062 10,335 10,532

Total residential — prime loans

12,347 12,577 12,784

Consumer direct loans

1,584 1,600 1,595

Credit cards

813 806 753

Consumer indirect loans

527 621 709

Total consumer loans

15,271 15,604 15,841

Total loans (c) (d)

$ 62,098 $ 59,876 $ 58,264

(a) Loan balances include $88 million, $85 million, and $89 million of commercial credit card balances at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(b) Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $102 million, $134 million, and $191 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 18 (“Long-Term Debt”) beginning on page 208 of our 2015 Form 10-K.
(c) At June 30, 2016, total loans include purchased loans of $104 million, of which $11 million were PCI loans. At December 31, 2015, total loans include purchased loans of $114 million, of which $11 million were PCI loans. At June 30, 2015, total loans include purchased loans of $125 million, of which $12 million were PCI loans.
(d) Total loans exclude loans of $1.7 billion at June 30, 2016, $1.8 billion at December 31, 2015, and $2 billion at June 30, 2015, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business. Additional information pertaining to these loans is provided in Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”).

Our loans held for sale are summarized as follows:

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 150 $ 76 $ 217

Real estate — commercial mortgage

270 532 576

Commercial lease financing

3 14 7

Real estate — residential mortgage

19 17 35

Total loans held for sale

$ 442 $ 639 $ 835

16


Table of Contents

Our quarterly summary of changes in loans held for sale follows:

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Balance at beginning of the period

$ 684 $ 916 $ 1,649

New originations

1,539 1,655 1,650

Transfers from (to) held to maturity, net

22 22 6

Loan sales

(1,802 ) (1,943 ) (2,466 )

Loan draws (payments), net

(1 ) (11 ) (4 )

Balance at end of period

$ 442 $ 639 $ 835

17


Table of Contents

4. Asset Quality

We assess the credit quality of the loan portfolio by monitoring net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by management.

Nonperforming loans are loans for which we do not accrue interest income, and include commercial and consumer loans and leases, as well as current year TDRs and nonaccruing TDR loans from prior years. Nonperforming loans do not include loans held for sale or PCI loans. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, nonperforming loans held for sale, OREO, and other nonperforming assets.

Our nonperforming assets and past due loans were as follows:

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Total nonperforming loans (a), (b)

$ 619 $ 387 $ 419

OREO (c)

15 14 20

Other nonperforming assets

3 2 1

Total nonperforming assets (a)

$ 637 $ 403 $ 440

Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations—education lending (d)

$ 5 $ 7 $ 6

Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (a)

$ 133 $ 159 $ 170

Restructured loans with an allocated specific allowance (e)

54 69 79

Specifically allocated allowance for restructured loans (f)

34 30 36

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

$ 70 $ 72 $ 66

Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days

203 208 181

(a) Nonperforming loan balances exclude $11 million, $11 million, and $12 million of PCI loans at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(b) Includes carrying value of consumer residential mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure of approximately $111 million, $114 million, and $116 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(c) Includes carrying value of foreclosed residential real estate of approximately $12 million, $11 million, and $15 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(d) Restructured loans of approximately $22 million, $21 million, and $19 million are included in discontinued operations at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. See Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”) for further discussion.
(e) Included in individually impaired loans allocated a specific allowance.
(f) Included in allowance for individually evaluated impaired loans.

We evaluate purchased loans for impairment in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. Purchased loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are deemed PCI and initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. All PCI loans were acquired in 2012. At the 2012 acquisition date, the estimated gross contractual amount receivable of all PCI loans totaled $41 million. The estimated cash flows not expected to be collected (the nonaccretable amount) were $11 million, and the accretable amount was approximately $5 million. The difference between the fair value and the cash flows expected to be collected from the purchased loans is accreted to interest income over the remaining term of the loans.

At June 30, 2016, the outstanding unpaid principal balance and carrying value of all PCI loans was $16 million and $11 million, respectively, compared to $17 million and $11 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015, and $18 million and $12 million, respectively, at June 30, 2015. Changes in the accretable yield during the first six months of 2016 included accretion and net reclassifications of less than $1 million, resulting in an ending balance of $5 million at June 30, 2016. Changes in the accretable yield during 2015 included accretion and net reclassifications of less than $1 million, resulting in an ending balance of $5 million at December 31, 2015, which was primarily unchanged from the ending balance at December 31, 2014, given that accretion and net reclassifications were less than $1 million during 2015. Changes in the accretable yield during the first six months of 2015 included accretion and net reclassifications of less than $1 million, resulting in an ending balance of $5 million at June 30, 2015.

18


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2016, the approximate carrying amount of our commercial nonperforming loans outstanding represented 83% of their original contractual amount owed, total nonperforming loans outstanding represented 83% of their original contractual amount owed, and nonperforming assets in total were carried at 83% of their original contractual amount owed.

At June 30, 2016, our 20 largest nonperforming loans totaled $331 million, representing 54% of total loans on nonperforming status. At June 30, 2015, our 20 largest nonperforming loans totaled $120 million, representing 29% of total loans on nonperforming status.

Nonperforming loans and loans held for sale reduced expected interest income by $12 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

The following tables set forth a further breakdown of individually impaired loans as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015:

June 30, 2016

in millions

Recorded
Investment (a)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance (b)
Specific
Allowance
Average
Recorded
Investment

With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 293 $ 328 $ 276

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

5 7 5

Construction

21 29 15

Total commercial real estate loans

26 36 20

Total commercial loans

319 364 296

Real estate — residential mortgage

22 22 23

Home equity loans

65 65 66

Consumer indirect loans

1 1 1

Total consumer loans

88 88 90

Total loans with no related allowance recorded

407 452 386

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

29 30 $ 16 65

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

2

Total commercial real estate loans

2

Total commercial loans

29 30 16 67

Real estate — residential mortgage

31 31 3 32

Home equity loans

66 66 20 65

Consumer direct loans

3 3 3

Credit cards

3 3 3

Consumer indirect loans

32 32 2 33

Total consumer loans

135 135 25 136

Total loans with an allowance recorded

164 165 41 203

Total

$ 571 $ 617 $ 41 $ 589

(a) The Recorded Investment represents the face amount of the loan increased or decreased by applicable accrued interest, net deferred loan fees and costs, and unamortized premium or discount, and reflects direct charge-offs. This amount is a component of total loans on our consolidated balance sheet.
(b) The Unpaid Principal Balance represents the customer’s legal obligation to us.

19


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015

in millions

Recorded
Investment (a)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance (b)
Specific
Allowance
Average
Recorded
Investment

With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 40 $ 74 $ 23

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

5 8 10

Construction

5 5 5

Total commercial real estate loans

10 13 15

Total commercial loans

50 87 38

Real estate — residential mortgage

23 23 24

Home equity loans

61 61 62

Consumer indirect loans

1 1 1

Total consumer loans

85 85 87

Total loans with no related allowance recorded

135 172 125

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

28 43 $ 7 33

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

5 6 1 6

Construction

1

Total commercial real estate loans

5 6 1 7

Total commercial loans

33 49 8 40

Real estate — residential mortgage

33 33 4 32

Home equity loans

64 64 20 60

Consumer direct loans

3 3 4

Credit cards

3 3 4

Consumer indirect loans

37 37 3 40

Total consumer loans

140 140 27 140

Total loans with an allowance recorded

173 189 35 180

Total

$ 308 $ 361 $ 35 $ 305

(a) The Recorded Investment represents the face amount of the loan increased or decreased by applicable accrued interest, net deferred loan fees and costs, and unamortized premium or discount, and reflects direct charge-offs. This amount is a component of total loans on our consolidated balance sheet.
(b) The Unpaid Principal Balance represents the customer’s legal obligation to us.

20


Table of Contents

June 30, 2015

in millions

Recorded
Investment (a)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance (b)
Specific
Allowance
Average
Recorded
Investment

With no related allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 9 $ 56 $ 15

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

10 14 12

Construction

7 7 7

Total commercial real estate loans

17 21 19

Total commercial loans

26 77 34

Real estate — residential mortgage

22 22 22

Home equity loans

62 62 63

Consumer indirect loans

1 1 1

Total consumer loans

85 85 86

Total loans with no related allowance recorded

111 162 120

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

73 86 $ 24 67

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

6 7 1 6

Total commercial real estate loans

6 7 1 6

Total commercial loans

79 93 25 73

Real estate — residential mortgage

33 33 5 33

Home equity loans

63 63 19 62

Consumer direct loans

3 3 3

Credit cards

3 3 3

Consumer indirect loans

42 42 3 42

Total consumer loans

144 144 27 143

Total loans with an allowance recorded

223 237 52 216

Total

$ 334 $ 399 $ 52 $ 336

(a) The Recorded Investment represents the face amount of the loan increased or decreased by applicable accrued interest, net deferred loan fees and costs, and unamortized premium or discount, and reflects direct charge-offs. This amount is a component of total loans on our consolidated balance sheet.
(b) The Unpaid Principal Balance represents the customer’s legal obligation to us.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, interest income recognized on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans totaled $6 million and $3 million, respectively.

At June 30, 2016, aggregate restructured loans (accrual and nonaccrual loans) totaled $277 million, compared to $280 million at December 31, 2015, and $300 million at June 30, 2015. During the first six months of 2016, we added $49 million in restructured loans, which were offset by $52 million in payments and charge-offs. During 2015, we added $99 million in restructured loans, which were partially offset by $89 million in payments and charge-offs. During the first six months of 2015, we added $73 million in restructured loans, which were partially offset by $43 million in payments and charge-offs.

21


Table of Contents

A further breakdown of TDRs included in nonperforming loans by loan category as of June 30, 2016, follows:

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Number of
Loans
Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

LOAN TYPE

Nonperforming:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

14 $ 50 $ 32

Commercial real estate:

Real estate — commercial mortgage

8 2 1

Total commercial real estate loans

8 2 1

Total commercial loans

22 52 33

Real estate — residential mortgage

307 19 19

Home equity loans

1,332 86 76

Consumer direct loans

28 1 1

Credit cards

267 1 1

Consumer indirect loans

81 4 3

Total consumer loans

2,015 111 100

Total nonperforming TDRs

2,037 163 133

Prior-year accruing: (a)

Commercial, financial and agricultural

6 30 20

Total commercial loans

6 30 20

Real estate — residential mortgage

536 35 35

Home equity loans

1,116 64 54

Consumer direct loans

39 2 2

Credit cards

478 3 2

Consumer indirect loans

415 59 31

Total consumer loans

2,584 163 124

Total prior-year accruing TDRs

2,590 193 144

Total TDRs

4,627 $ 356 $ 277

(a) All TDRs that were restructured prior to January 1, 2016, and are fully accruing.

22


Table of Contents

A further breakdown of TDRs included in nonperforming loans by loan category as of December 31, 2015, follows:

December 31, 2015

dollars in millions

Number
of Loans
Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

LOAN TYPE

Nonperforming:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

12 $ 56 $ 45

Commercial real estate:

Real estate — commercial mortgage

12 30 7

Total commercial real estate loans

12 30 7

Total commercial loans

24 86 52

Real estate — residential mortgage

366 23 23

Home equity loans

1,262 85 76

Consumer direct loans

28 1 1

Credit cards

339 2 2

Consumer indirect loans

103 6 5

Total consumer loans

2,098 117 107

Total nonperforming TDRs

2,122 203 159

Prior-year accruing: (a)

Commercial, financial and agricultural

7 5 2

Commercial real estate:

Real estate — commercial mortgage

Total commercial real estate loans

Total commercial loans

7 5 2

Real estate — residential mortgage

489 34 34

Home equity loans

1,071 57 49

Consumer direct loans

42 2 2

Credit cards

461 4 2

Consumer indirect loans

430 59 32

Total consumer loans

2,493 156 119

Total prior-year accruing TDRs

2,500 161 121

Total TDRs

4,622 $ 364 $ 280

(a) All TDRs that were restructured prior to January 1, 2015, and are fully accruing.

23


Table of Contents

A further breakdown of TDRs included in nonperforming loans by loan category as of June 30, 2015, follows:

June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Number
of Loans
Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

LOAN TYPE

Nonperforming:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

12 $ 74 $ 58

Commercial real estate:

Real estate — commercial mortgage

12 32 8

Total commercial real estate loans

12 32 8

Total commercial loans

24 106 66

Real estate — residential mortgage

352 21 21

Home equity loans

1,193 80 73

Consumer direct loans

28 1 1

Credit cards

289 2 2

Consumer indirect loans

125 9 7

Total consumer loans

1,987 113 104

Total nonperforming TDRs

2,011 219 170

Prior-year accruing: (a)

Commercial, financial and agricultural

14 6 3

Commercial real estate:

Real estate — commercial mortgage

1 2 1

Total commercial real estate loans

1 2 1

Total commercial loans

15 8 4

Real estate — residential mortgage

491 36 36

Home equity loans

1,138 58 50

Consumer direct loans

48 2 2

Credit cards

489 3 2

Consumer indirect loans

492 62 36

Total consumer loans

2,658 161 126

Total prior-year accruing TDRs

2,673 169 130

Total TDRs

4,684 $ 388 $ 300

(a) All TDRs that were restructured prior to January 1, 2015, and are fully accruing.

We classify loan modifications as TDRs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and we have granted a concession without commensurate financial, structural, or legal consideration. All commercial and consumer loan TDRs, regardless of size, are individually evaluated for impairment to determine the probable loss content and are assigned a specific loan allowance if deemed appropriate. This designation has the effect of moving the loan from the general reserve methodology (i.e., collectively evaluated) to the specific reserve methodology (i.e., individually evaluated) and may impact the ALLL through a charge-off or increased loan loss provision. These components affect the ultimate allowance level. Additional information regarding TDRs for discontinued operations is provided in Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”).

Commercial loan TDRs are considered defaulted when principal and interest payments are 90 days past due. Consumer loan TDRs are considered defaulted when principal and interest payments are more than 60 days past due. During the three months ended June 30, 2016, there were no commercial loan TDRs and 41 consumer loan TDRs with a combined recorded investment of $2 million that experienced payment defaults after modifications resulting in TDR status during 2015. During the three months ended June 30, 2015, there were no significant commercial loan TDRs and 65 consumer loan TDRs with a combined recorded investment of $3 million that experienced payment defaults from modifications resulting in TDR status during 2014. As TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment under the specific reserve methodology, subsequent defaults do not generally have a significant additional impact on the ALLL.

Our loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet the borrower’s financial needs. Our concession types are primarily interest rate reductions, forgiveness of principal, and other modifications. The commercial TDR other concession category includes modification of loan terms, covenants, or conditions. The consumer TDR other concession category primarily includes those borrowers’ debts that are discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not been formally re-affirmed.

24


Table of Contents

The following table shows the post-modification outstanding recorded investment by concession type for our commercial and consumer accruing and nonaccruing TDRs and other selected financial data.

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial loans:

Interest rate reduction

$ 52 $ 51 $ 60

Forgiveness of principal

2 2

Other

1 1 8

Total

$ 53 $ 54 $ 70

Consumer loans:

Interest rate reduction

$ 128 $ 132 $ 142

Forgiveness of principal

3 8 4

Other

93 86 84

Total

$ 224 $ 226 $ 230

Total commercial and consumer TDRs (a)

$ 277 $ 280 $ 300

Total loans

62,098 59,876 58,264

(a) Commitments outstanding to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loan terms have been modified in TDRs are $7 million, $9 million, and $8 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

Our policies for determining past due loans, placing loans on nonaccrual, applying payments on nonaccrual loans, and resuming accrual of interest for our commercial and consumer loan portfolios are disclosed in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Nonperforming Loans” beginning on page 121 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2016, approximately $61.2 billion, or 98.5%, of our total loans were current, compared to approximately $59.2 billion, or 98.9% of total loans, at December 31, 2015, and approximately $57.6 billion, or 98.8% of total loans, at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, total past due loans and nonperforming loans of $892 million represented approximately 1.4% of total loans, compared to $667 million, or 1.1% of total loans, at December 31, 2015, and $666 million, or 1.2% of total loans, at June 30, 2015.

The following aging analysis of past due and current loans as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, provides further information regarding Key’s credit exposure.

June 30, 2016

in millions

Current 30-59
Days Past
Due
60-89
Days Past
Due
90 and
Greater
Days Past
Due
Nonperforming
Loans
Total Past
Due and
Nonperforming
Loans
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Total
Loans

LOAN TYPE

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 32,975 $ 46 $ 10 $ 24 $ 321 $ 401 $ 33,376

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

8,556 4 1 7 14 26 8,582

Construction

854 2 25 27 881

Total commercial real estate loans

9,410 4 1 9 39 53 9,463

Commercial lease financing

3,939 22 6 11 10 49 3,988

Total commercial loans

$ 46,324 $ 72 $ 17 $ 44 $ 370 $ 503 $ 46,827

Real estate — residential mortgage

$ 2,208 $ 9 $ 3 $ 1 $ 54 $ 67 $ 10 $ 2,285

Home equity loans

9,799 36 25 12 189 262 1 10,062

Consumer direct loans

1,557 18 3 5 1 27 1,584

Credit cards

796 5 3 7 2 17 813

Consumer indirect loans

511 9 3 1 3 16 527

Total consumer loans

$ 14,871 $ 77 $ 37 $ 26 $ 249 $ 389 $ 11 $ 15,271

Total loans

$ 61,195 $ 149 $ 54 $ 70 $ 619 $ 892 $ 11 $ 62,098

25


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015

in millions

Current 30-59
Days Past
Due
60-89
Days Past
Due
90 and
Greater
Days Past
Due
Nonperforming
Loans
Total Past
Due and
Nonperforming
Loans
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Total
Loans

LOAN TYPE

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 31,116 $ 11 $ 11 $ 20 $ 82 $ 124 $ 31,240

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

7,917 8 5 10 19 42 7,959

Construction

1,042 1 1 9 11 1,053

Total commercial real estate loans

8,959 9 6 10 28 53 9,012

Commercial lease financing

3,952 33 11 11 13 68 4,020

Total commercial loans

$ 44,027 $ 53 $ 28 $ 41 $ 123 $ 245 $ 44,272

Real estate — residential mortgage

$ 2,149 $ 14 $ 3 $ 2 $ 64 $ 83 $ 10 $ 2,242

Home equity loans

10,056 50 24 14 190 278 1 10,335

Consumer direct loans

1,580 10 3 5 2 20 1,600

Credit cards

785 6 4 9 2 21 806

Consumer indirect loans

601 9 4 1 6 20 621

Total consumer loans

$ 15,171 $ 89 $ 38 $ 31 $ 264 $ 422 $ 11 $ 15,604

Total loans

$ 59,198 $ 142 $ 66 $ 72 $ 387 $ 667 $ 11 $ 59,876

June 30, 2015

in millions

Current 30-59
Days Past
Due
60-89
Days Past
Due
90 and
Greater
Days Past
Due
Nonperforming
Loans
Total Past
Due and
Nonperforming
Loans
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Total
Loans

LOAN TYPE

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 29,137 $ 26 $ 5 $ 17 $ 100 $ 148 $ 29,285

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

7,823 6 2 17 26 51 7,874

Construction

1,242 12 12 1,254

Total commercial real estate loans

9,065 6 2 17 38 63 9,128

Commercial lease financing

3,967 20 3 2 18 43 4,010

Total commercial loans

$ 42,169 $ 52 $ 10 $ 36 $ 156 $ 254 $ 42,423

Real estate — residential mortgage

$ 2,155 $ 13 $ 3 $ 3 $ 67 $ 86 $ 11 $ 2,252

Home equity loans

10,264 47 24 12 184 267 1 10,532

Consumer direct loans

1,577 8 3 6 1 18 1,595

Credit cards

735 5 3 8 2 18 753

Consumer indirect loans

686 10 3 1 9 23 709

Total consumer loans

$ 15,417 $ 83 $ 36 $ 30 $ 263 $ 412 $ 12 $ 15,841

Total loans

$ 57,586 $ 135 $ 46 $ 66 $ 419 $ 666 $ 12 $ 58,264

The prevalent risk characteristic for both commercial and consumer loans is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Evaluation of this risk is stratified and monitored by the loan risk rating grades assigned for the commercial loan portfolios and the regulatory risk ratings assigned for the consumer loan portfolios.

Most extensions of credit are subject to loan grading or scoring. Loan grades are assigned at the time of origination, verified by credit risk management, and periodically re-evaluated thereafter. This risk rating methodology blends our judgment with quantitative modeling. Commercial loans generally are assigned two internal risk ratings. The first rating reflects the probability that the borrower will default on an obligation; the second rating reflects expected recovery rates on the credit facility. Default probability is determined based on, among other factors, the financial strength of the borrower, an assessment of the borrower’s management, the borrower’s competitive position within its industry sector, and our view of industry risk in the context of the general economic outlook. Types of exposure, transaction structure, and collateral, including credit risk mitigants, affect the expected recovery assessment.

Credit quality indicators for our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, excluding $11 million, $11 million, and $12 million of PCI loans at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively, based on regulatory classification and payment activity as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, are as follows:

26


Table of Contents

Commercial Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category (a)(b)

in millions

Commercial, financial and
agricultural
RE — Commercial RE — Construction
June 30, December 31, June 30, June 30, December 31, June 30, June 30, December 31, June 30,

RATING

2016 2015 2015 2016 2015 2015 2016 2015 2015

Pass

$ 31,700 $ 29,921 $ 28,169 $ 8,380 $ 7,800 $ 7,603 $ 831 $ 1,007 $ 1,222

Criticized (Accruing)

1,354 1,236 1,015 188 139 245 25 37 20

Criticized (Nonaccruing)

322 83 101 14 20 26 25 9 12

Total

$ 33,376 $ 31,240 $ 29,285 $ 8,582 $ 7,959 $ 7,874 $ 881 $ 1,053 $ 1,254

Commercial Lease Total
June 30, December 31, June 30, June 30, December 31, June 30,

RATING

2016 2015 2015 2016 2015 2015

Pass

$ 3,932 $ 3,967 $ 3,944 $ 44,843 $ 42,695 $ 40,938

Criticized (Accruing)

46 38 48 1,613 1,450 1,328

Criticized (Nonaccruing)

10 15 18 371 127 157

Total

$ 3,988 $ 4,020 $ 4,010 $ 46,827 $ 44,272 $ 42,423

(a) Credit quality indicators are updated on an ongoing basis and reflect credit quality information as of the dates indicated.
(b) The term criticized refers to those loans that are internally classified by Key as special mention or worse, which are asset quality categories defined by regulatory authorities. These assets have an elevated level of risk and may have a high probability of default or total loss. Pass rated refers to all loans not classified as criticized.

Consumer Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Regulatory Classifications (a)(b)

in millions

Residential — Prime
June 30, December 31, June 30,

GRADE

2016 2015 2015

Pass

$ 12,080 $ 12,296 $ 12,506

Substandard

256 270 266

Total

$ 12,336 $ 12,566 $ 12,772

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity (a)

in millions

Consumer direct loans Credit cards Consumer indirect loans
June 30, December 31, June 30, June 30, December 31, June 30, June 30, December 31, June 30,
2016 2015 2015 2016 2015 2015 2016 2015 2015

Performing

$ 1,583 $ 1,598 $ 1,594 $ 811 $ 804 $ 751 $ 524 $ 615 $ 700

Nonperforming

1 2 1 2 2 2 3 6 9

Total

$ 1,584 $ 1,600 $ 1,595 $ 813 $ 806 $ 753 $ 527 $ 621 $ 709

Total
June 30, December 31, June 30,
2016 2015 2015

Performing

$ 2,918 $ 3,017 $ 3,045

Nonperforming

6 10 12

Total

$ 2,924 $ 3,027 $ 3,057

(a) Credit quality indicators are updated on an ongoing basis and reflect credit quality information as of the dates indicated.
(b) Our past due payment activity to regulatory classification conversion is as follows: pass = less than 90 days; and substandard = 90 days and greater plus nonperforming loans.

We determine the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” beginning on page 122 of our 2015 Form 10-K. We apply expected loss rates to existing loans with similar risk characteristics as noted in the credit quality indicator table above and exercise judgment to assess the impact of qualitative factors such as changes in economic conditions, changes in credit policies or underwriting standards, and changes in the level of credit risk associated with specific industries and markets.

For all commercial and consumer loan TDRs, regardless of size, as well as impaired commercial loans with an outstanding balance of $2.5 million or greater, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss content and assign a specific allowance to the loan if deemed appropriate. We estimate the extent of the individual impairment for commercial loans and TDRs by comparing the recorded investment of the loan with the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. Secured consumer loan TDRs that are discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not formally re-affirmed are adjusted to reflect the fair value of the underlying collateral,

27


Table of Contents

less costs to sell. Non-Chapter 7 consumer loan TDRs are combined in homogenous pools and assigned a specific allocation based on the estimated present value of future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate. A specific allowance also may be assigned — even when sources of repayment appear sufficient — if we remain uncertain about whether the loan will be repaid in full. On at least a quarterly basis, we evaluate the appropriateness of our loss estimation methods to reduce differences between estimated incurred losses and actual losses. The ALLL at June 30, 2016, represents our best estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date.

Commercial loans generally are charged off in full or charged down to the fair value of the underlying collateral when the borrower’s payment is 180 days past due. Consumer loans generally are charged off when payments are 120 days past due. Home equity and residential mortgage loans generally are charged down to net realizable value when payment is 180 days past due. Credit card loans and similar unsecured products are charged off when payments are 180 days past due.

At June 30, 2016, the ALLL was $854 million, or 1.38% of loans, compared to $796 million, or 1.37% of loans, at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, the ALLL was 138% of nonperforming loans, compared to 190% at June 30, 2015.

A summary of the changes in the ALLL for the periods indicated is presented in the table below:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Balance at beginning of period — continuing operations

$ 826 $ 794 $ 796 $ 794

Charge-offs

(64 ) (52 ) (124 ) (99 )

Recoveries

21 16 35 35

Net loans and leases charged off

(43 ) (36 ) (89 ) (64 )

Provision for loan and lease losses from continuing operations

71 37 147 66

Foreign currency translation adjustment

1

Balance at end of period — continuing operations

$ 854 $ 796 $ 854 $ 796

The changes in the ALLL by loan category for the periods indicated are as follows:

in millions

December 31,
2015
Provision Charge-offs Recoveries June 30,
2016

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 450 $ 118 $ (61 ) $ 6 $ 513

Real estate — commercial mortgage

134 (4 ) (3 ) 8 135

Real estate — construction

25 (9 ) 1 17

Commercial lease financing

47 2 (6 ) 2 45

Total commercial loans

656 107 (70 ) 17 710

Real estate — residential mortgage

18 1 (3 ) 2 18

Home equity loans

57 18 (17 ) 7 65

Consumer direct loans

20 8 (12 ) 3 19

Credit cards

32 12 (16 ) 2 30

Consumer indirect loans

13 1 (6 ) 4 12

Total consumer loans

140 40 (54 ) 18 144

Total ALLL — continuing operations

796 147 (a) (124 ) 35 854

Discontinued operations

28 2 (15 ) 5 20

Total ALLL — including discontinued operations

$ 824 $ 149 $ (139 ) $ 40 $ 874

(a) Excludes a credit for losses on lending-related commitments of $6 million.

28


Table of Contents

in millions

December 31,
2014
Provision Charge-offs Recoveries June 30,
2015

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 391 $ 49 $ (33 ) $ 11 $ 418

Real estate — commercial mortgage

148 (4 ) (2 ) 2 144

Real estate — construction

28 3 (1 ) 1 31

Commercial lease financing

56 (5 ) (3 ) 5 53

Total commercial loans

623 43 (39 ) 19 646

Real estate — residential mortgage

23 (1 ) (3 ) 1 20

Home equity loans

71 3 (18 ) 5 61

Consumer direct loans

22 7 (12 ) 4 21

Credit cards

33 13 (16 ) 1 31

Consumer indirect loans

22 1 (11 ) 5 17

Total consumer loans

171 23 (60 ) 16 150

Total ALLL — continuing operations

794 66 (a) (99 ) 35 796

Discontinued operations

29 1 (16 ) 8 22

Total ALLL — including discontinued operations

$ 823 $ 67 $ (115 ) $ 43 $ 818

(a) Excludes provision for losses on lending-related commitments of $10 million.

Our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $58 million, or 7.3%, from the second quarter of 2015. Our allowance applies expected loss rates to our existing loans with similar risk characteristics as well as any adjustments to reflect our current assessment of qualitative factors, such as changes in economic conditions, underwriting standards, and concentrations of credit. Our commercial ALLL increased by $64 million, or 9.9%, from the second quarter of 2015 primarily because of loan growth and increased incurred loss estimates. The increase in these incurred loss estimates during 2015 and into 2016 was primarily due to the continued decline in oil and gas prices since 2014. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in our consumer ALLL of $6 million, or 4%, from the second quarter of 2015. Our consumer ALLL decrease was primarily due to continued improvement in credit metrics, such as delinquency, average credit bureau score, and loan to value, which have decreased expected loss rates since 2014. The continued improvement in the consumer portfolio credit quality metrics from the second quarter of 2015 was primarily due to continued improved credit quality and benefits of relatively stable economic conditions.

For continuing operations, the loans outstanding individually evaluated for impairment totaled $571 million, with a corresponding allowance of $41 million at June 30, 2016. Loans outstanding collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $61.5 billion, with a corresponding allowance of $812 million at June 30, 2016. At June 30, 2016, PCI loans evaluated for impairment totaled $11 million, with a corresponding allowance of $1 million. There was no provision for loan and lease losses on these PCI loans during the six months ended June 30, 2016. At June 30, 2015, the loans outstanding individually evaluated for impairment totaled $334 million, with a corresponding allowance of $52 million. Loans outstanding collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $57.9 billion, with a corresponding allowance of $743 million at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2015, PCI loans evaluated for impairment totaled $12 million, with a corresponding allowance of $1 million. There was no provision for loan and lease losses on these PCI loans during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

29


Table of Contents

A breakdown of the individual and collective ALLL and the corresponding loan balances as of June 30, 2016, follows:

Allowance Outstanding

June 30, 2016

in millions

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Loans Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 16 $ 497 $ 33,376 $ 322 $ 33,054

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

135 8,582 5 8,577

Construction

17 881 21 860

Total commercial real estate loans

152 9,463 26 9,437

Commercial lease financing

45 3,988 3,988

Total commercial loans

16 694 46,827 348 46,479

Real estate — residential mortgage

3 14 $ 1 2,285 53 2,222 $ 10

Home equity loans

20 45 10,062 131 9,930 1

Consumer direct loans

19 1,584 3 1,581

Credit cards

30 813 3 810

Consumer indirect loans

2 10 527 33 494

Total consumer loans

25 118 1 15,271 223 15,037 11

Total ALLL — continuing operations

41 812 1 62,098 571 61,516 11

Discontinued operations

2 18 1,692 (a) 22 1,670 (a)

Total ALLL — including discontinued operations

$ 43 $ 830 $ 1 $ 63,790 $ 593 $ 63,186 $ 11

(a) Amount includes $3 million of loans carried at fair value that are excluded from ALLL consideration.

A breakdown of the individual and collective ALLL and the corresponding loan balances as of December 31, 2015, follows:

Allowance Outstanding

December 31, 2015

in millions

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Loans Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 7 $ 443 $ 31,240 $ 68 $ 31,172

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

1 133 7,959 10 7,949

Construction

25 1,053 5 1,048

Total commercial real estate loans

1 158 9,012 15 8,997

Commercial lease financing

47 4,020 4,020

Total commercial loans

8 648 44,272 83 44,189

Real estate — residential mortgage

4 13 $ 1 2,242 56 2,176 $ 10

Home equity loans

20 37 10,335 125 10,209 1

Consumer direct loans

20 1,600 3 1,597

Credit cards

32 806 3 803

Consumer indirect loans

3 10 621 38 583

Total consumer loans

27 112 1 15,604 225 15,368 11

Total ALLL — continuing operations

35 760 1 59,876 308 59,557 11

Discontinued operations

2 26 1,828 (a) 21 1,807 (a)

Total ALLL — including discontinued operations

$ 37 $ 786 $ 1 $ 61,704 $ 329 $ 61,364 $ 11

(a) Amount includes $4 million of loans carried at fair value that are excluded from ALLL consideration.

30


Table of Contents

A breakdown of the individual and collective ALLL and the corresponding loan balances as of June 30, 2015, follows:

Allowance Outstanding

June 30, 2015

in millions

Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired
Loans Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Purchased
Credit
Impaired

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 24 $ 394 $ 29,285 $ 82 $ 29,203

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

1 143 7,874 16 7,858

Construction

31 1,254 7 1,247

Total commercial real estate loans

1 174 9,128 23 9,105

Commercial lease financing

53 4,010 4,010

Total commercial loans

25 621 42,423 105 42,318

Real estate — residential mortgage

5 14 $ 1 2,252 56 2,185 $ 11

Home equity loans

19 42 10,532 124 10,407 1

Consumer direct loans

21 1,595 3 1,592

Credit cards

31 753 3 750

Consumer indirect loans

3 14 709 43 666

Total consumer loans

27 122 1 15,841 229 15,600 12

Total ALLL — continuing operations

52 743 1 58,264 334 57,918 12

Discontinued operations

1 21 1,962 19 1,943

Total ALLL — including discontinued operations

$ 53 $ 764 $ 1 $ 60,226 $ 353 $ 59,861 $ 12

The liability for credit losses inherent in lending-related unfunded commitments, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, is included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet. We establish the amount of this reserve by considering both historical trends and current market conditions quarterly, or more often if deemed necessary. Our liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments was $50 million at June 30, 2016. When combined with our ALLL, our total allowance for credit losses represented 1.46% of loans at June 30, 2016, compared to 1.44% at June 30, 2015.

Changes in the liability for credit losses on unfunded lending-related commitments are summarized as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Balance at beginning of period

$ 69 $ 41 $ 56 $ 35

Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments

(19 ) 4 (6 ) 10

Balance at end of period

$ 50 $ 45 $ 50 $ 45

31


Table of Contents

5. Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Determination

As defined in the applicable accounting guidance, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in our principal market. We have established and documented our process for determining the fair values of our assets and liabilities, where applicable. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, when available, for identical or similar assets or liabilities. In the absence of quoted market prices, we determine the fair value of our assets and liabilities using valuation models or third-party pricing services. Both of these approaches rely on market-based parameters, when available, such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, and credit spreads, or unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may be based on our judgment, assumptions, and estimates related to credit quality, liquidity, interest rates, and other relevant inputs.

Valuation adjustments, such as those pertaining to counterparty and our own credit quality and liquidity, may be necessary to ensure that assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. Credit valuation adjustments are made when market pricing does not accurately reflect the counterparty’s or our own credit quality. We make liquidity valuation adjustments to the fair value of certain assets to reflect the uncertainty in the pricing and trading of the instruments when we are unable to observe recent market transactions for identical or similar instruments. Liquidity valuation adjustments are based on the following factors:

the amount of time since the last relevant valuation;

whether there is an actual trade or relevant external quote available at the measurement date; and

volatility associated with the primary pricing components.

We ensure that our fair value measurements are accurate and appropriate by relying upon various controls, including:

an independent review and approval of valuation models and assumptions;

recurring detailed reviews of profit and loss; and

a validation of valuation model components against benchmark data and similar products, where possible.

We recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period. Quarterly, we review any changes to our valuation methodologies to ensure they are appropriate and justified, and refine our valuation methodologies if more market-based data becomes available. The Fair Value Committee, which is governed by ALCO, oversees the valuation process. Various Working Groups that report to the Fair Value Committee analyze and approve the underlying assumptions and valuation adjustments. Changes in valuation methodologies for Level 1 and Level 2 instruments are presented to the Accounting Policy group for approval. Changes in valuation methodologies for Level 3 instruments are presented to the Fair Value Committee for approval. The Working Groups are discussed in more detail in the qualitative disclosures within this note and in Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”). Formal documentation of the fair valuation methodologies is prepared by the lines of business and support areas as appropriate. The documentation details the asset or liability class and related general ledger accounts, valuation techniques, fair value hierarchy level, market participants, accounting methods, valuation methodology, group responsible for valuations, and valuation inputs.

Additional information regarding our accounting policies for determining fair value is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” beginning on page 124 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques

Loans . Most loans recorded as trading account assets are valued based on market spreads for similar assets since they are actively traded. Therefore, these loans are classified as Level 2 because the fair value recorded is based on observable market data for similar assets.

32


Table of Contents

Securities (trading and available for sale) . We own several types of securities, requiring a range of valuation methods:

Securities are classified as Level 1 when quoted market prices are available in an active market for the identical securities. Level 1 instruments include exchange-traded equity securities.

Securities are classified as Level 2 if quoted prices for identical securities are not available, and fair value is determined using pricing models (either by a third-party pricing service or internally) or quoted prices of similar securities. These instruments include municipal bonds; bonds backed by the U.S. government; corporate bonds; certain mortgage-backed securities; securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; money markets; and certain agency and corporate CMOs. Inputs to the pricing models include: standard inputs, such as yields, benchmark securities, bids, and offers; actual trade data (i.e., spreads, credit ratings, and interest rates) for comparable assets; spread tables; matrices; high-grade scales; and option-adjusted spreads.

Securities are classified as Level 3 when there is limited activity in the market for a particular instrument. To determine fair value in such cases, depending on the complexity of the valuations required, we use internal models based on certain assumptions or a third-party valuation service. At June 30, 2016, our Level 3 instruments consist of two convertible preferred securities. Our Strategy group is responsible for reviewing the valuation model and determining the fair value of these investments on a quarterly basis. The securities are valued using a cash flow analysis of the associated private company issuers. The valuations of the securities are negatively impacted by projected net losses of the associated private companies and positively impacted by projected net gains.

The fair values of our Level 2 securities available for sale are determined by a third-party pricing service. The valuations provided by the third-party pricing service are based on observable market inputs, which include benchmark yields, reported trades, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data obtained from market research publications. Inputs used by the third-party pricing service in valuing CMOs and other mortgage-backed securities also include new issue data, monthly payment information, whole loan collateral performance, and “To Be Announced” prices. In valuations of securities issued by state and political subdivisions, inputs used by the third-party pricing service also include material event notices.

On a monthly basis, we validate the pricing methodologies utilized by our third-party pricing service to ensure the fair value determination is consistent with the applicable accounting guidance and that our assets are properly classified in the fair value hierarchy. To perform this validation, we:

review documentation received from our third-party pricing service regarding the inputs used in their valuations and determine a level assessment for each category of securities;

substantiate actual inputs used for a sample of securities by comparing the actual inputs used by our third-party pricing service to comparable inputs for similar securities; and

substantiate the fair values determined for a sample of securities by comparing the fair values provided by our third-party pricing service to prices from other independent sources for the same and similar securities. We analyze variances and conduct additional research with our third-party pricing service and take appropriate steps based on our findings.

Private equity and mezzanine investments . Private equity and mezzanine investments consist of investments in debt and equity securities through our Real Estate Capital line of business. They include direct investments made in specific properties, as well as indirect investments made in funds that pool assets of many investors to invest in properties. There is no active market for these investments, so we employ other valuation methods. The portion of our Real Estate Capital line of business involved with private equity and mezzanine investments is accounted for as an investment company in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, whereby all investments are recorded at fair value.

Direct private equity and mezzanine investments are classified as Level 3 assets since our judgment significantly influences the determination of fair value. Our Fund Management, Asset Management, and Accounting groups are responsible for reviewing the valuation models and determining the fair value of these investments on a quarterly basis. Direct investments in properties are initially valued based upon the transaction price. This amount is then adjusted to fair value based on current market conditions using the discounted cash flow method based on the expected investment exit date. The fair values of the assets are reviewed and adjusted quarterly. There were no significant direct equity and mezzanine investments at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

The fair value of our indirect investments is based on the most recent value of the capital accounts as reported by the general partners of the funds in which we invest. The calculation to determine the investment’s fair value is based on our percentage

33


Table of Contents

ownership in the fund multiplied by the net asset value of the fund, as provided by the fund manager. Under the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we will be required to dispose of some or all of our indirect investments. The Federal Reserve extended the conformance period to July 21, 2017, for all banking entities with respect to covered funds. Key is permitted to file for an additional extension of up to five years for illiquid funds, to retain the indirect investments for a longer period of time. We plan to continue to evaluate our options, including applying for the extension and holding the investments. As of June 30, 2016, management has not committed to a plan to sell these investments. Therefore, these investments continue to be valued using the net asset value per share methodology. For more information about the Volcker Rule, see the discussion under the heading “Other Regulatory Developments under the Dodd-Frank Act — ‘Volcker Rule’” in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation” beginning on page 17 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Investments in real estate private equity funds are included within private equity and mezzanine investments. The main purpose of these funds is to acquire a portfolio of real estate investments that provides attractive risk-adjusted returns and current income for investors. Certain of these investments do not have readily determinable fair values and represent our ownership interest in an entity that follows measurement principles under investment company accounting.

The following table presents the fair value of our indirect investments and related unfunded commitments at June 30, 2016. We did not provide any financial support to investees related to our direct and indirect investments for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

June 30, 2016

in millions

Fair Value Unfunded
Commitments

INVESTMENT TYPE

Indirect investments

Passive funds (a)

$ 8 $ 1

Total

$ 8 $ 1

(a) We invest in passive funds, which are multi-investor private equity funds. These investments can never be redeemed. Instead, distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying investments in the funds. Some funds have no restrictions on sale, while others require investors to remain in the fund until maturity. The funds will be liquidated over a period of one to three years. The purpose of KREEC’s funding is to allow funds to make additional investments and keep a certain market value threshold in the funds. KREEC is obligated to provide financial support, as all investors are required, to the funds based on its ownership percentage, as noted in the Limited Partnership Agreements.

Principal investments . Principal investments consist of investments in equity and debt instruments made by our principal investing entities. They include direct investments (investments made in a particular company) and indirect investments (investments made through funds that include other investors). Our principal investing entities are accounted for as investment companies in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, whereby each investment is adjusted to fair value with any net realized or unrealized gain/loss recorded in the current period’s earnings. This process is a coordinated and documented effort by the Principal Investing Entities Deal Team (individuals from one of the independent investment managers who oversee these instruments), accounting staff, and the Investment Committee (individual employees and a former employee of Key and one of the independent investment managers). This process involves an in-depth review of the condition of each investment depending on the type of investment.

Our direct investments include investments in debt and equity instruments of both private and public companies. When quoted prices are available in an active market for the identical direct investment, we use the quoted prices in the valuation process, and the related investments are classified as Level 1 assets. As of December 31, 2015, the valuation of our Level 2 investment included a quoted price, which was adjusted by liquidity assumptions due to a contractual term of the investment. The contractual term expired and this investment was transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 as of March 31, 2016. In most cases, quoted market prices are not available for our direct investments, and we must perform valuations using other methods. These direct investment valuations are an in-depth analysis of the condition of each investment and are based on the unique facts and circumstances related to each individual investment. There is a certain amount of subjectivity surrounding the valuation of these investments due to the combination of quantitative and qualitative factors that are used in the valuation models. Therefore, these direct investments are classified as Level 3 assets. The specific inputs used in the valuations of each type of direct investment are described below.

Interest-bearing securities (i.e., loans) are valued on a quarterly basis. Valuation adjustments are determined by the Principal Investing Entities Deal Team and are subject to approval by the Investment Committee. Valuations of debt instruments are based on the Principal Investing Entities Deal Team’s knowledge of the current financial status of the subject company, which is regularly monitored throughout the term of the investment. Significant unobservable inputs used in the valuations of these investments include the company’s payment history, adequacy of cash flows from operations, and current operating

34


Table of Contents

results, including market multiples and historical and forecast EBITDA. Inputs can also include the seniority of the debt, the nature of any pledged collateral, the extent to which the security interest is perfected, and the net liquidation value of collateral.

Valuations of equity instruments of private companies, which are prepared on a quarterly basis, are based on current market conditions and the current financial status of each company. A valuation analysis is performed to value each investment. The valuation analysis is reviewed by the Principal Investing Entities Deal Team Member, and reviewed and approved by the Chief Administrative Officer of one of the independent investment managers. Significant unobservable inputs used in these valuations include adequacy of the company’s cash flows from operations, any significant change in the company’s performance since the prior valuation, and any significant equity issuances by the company. Equity instruments of public companies are valued using quoted prices in an active market for the identical security. If the instrument is restricted, the fair value is determined considering the number of shares traded daily, the number of the company’s total restricted shares, and price volatility.

Our indirect investments include primary and secondary investments in private equity funds engaged mainly in venture- and growth-oriented investing. These investments do not have readily determinable fair values. Indirect investments are valued using a methodology that is consistent with accounting guidance that allows us to estimate fair value based upon net asset value per share (or its equivalent, such as member units or an ownership interest in partners’ capital to which a proportionate share of net assets is attributed). Under the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we will be required to dispose of some or all of our indirect investments. At June 30, 2016, management has not committed to a plan to sell these investments. Therefore, these investments continue to be valued using the net asset value per share methodology.

For indirect investments, management may make adjustments it deems appropriate to the net asset value if it is determined that the net asset value does not properly reflect fair value. In determining the need for an adjustment to net asset value, management performs an analysis of the private equity funds based on the independent fund manager’s valuations as well as management’s own judgment. Management also considers whether the independent fund manager adequately marks down an impaired investment, maintains financial statements in accordance with GAAP, or follows a practice of holding all investments at cost.

The following table presents the fair value of our direct and indirect principal investments and related unfunded commitments at June 30, 2016, as well as financial support provided for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

Financial support provided
Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,
June 30, 2016 2016 2015 2016 2015

in millions

Fair
Value
Unfunded
Commitments
Funded
Commitments
Funded
Other
Funded
Commitments
Funded
Other
Funded
Commitments
Funded
Other
Funded
Commitments
Funded
Other

INVESTMENT TYPE

Direct investments (a)

$ 40 $ 13 $ 2

Indirect investments (b) (measured at NAV)

184 $ 44 $ 2 $ 3 $ 3 $ 5

Total

$ 224 $ 44 $ 2 $ 3 $ 3 $ 13 $ 5 $ 2

(a) Our direct investments consist of equity and debt investments directly in independent business enterprises. Operations of the business enterprises are handled by management of the portfolio company. The purpose of funding these enterprises is to provide financial support for business development and acquisition strategies. We infuse equity capital based on an initial contractual cash contribution and later from additional requests on behalf of the companies’ management.
(b) Our indirect investments consist of buyout funds, venture capital funds, and fund of funds. These investments are generally not redeemable. Instead, distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying investments of the fund. An investment in any one of these funds typically can be sold only with the approval of the fund’s general partners. We estimate that the underlying investments of the funds will be liquidated over a period of one to eight years. The purpose of funding our capital commitments to these investments is to allow the funds to make additional follow-on investments and pay fund expenses until the fund dissolves. We, and all other investors in the fund, are obligated to fund the full amount of our respective capital commitments to the fund based on our and their respective ownership percentages, as noted in the applicable Limited Partnership Agreement.

Other. We had one indirect equity investment in the form of limited partnership units representing less than a five percent ownership interest in the entity’s equity. The fair value of this investment was based upon the NAV accounting methodology. Under the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we were required to dispose of this investment. Prior to December 31, 2015, this investment was redeemed.

35


Table of Contents

Derivatives . Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted prices and, therefore, are classified as Level 1 instruments. However, only a few types of derivatives are exchange-traded. The majority of our derivative positions are valued using internally developed models based on market convention that use observable market inputs, such as interest rate curves, yield curves, LIBOR and Overnight Index Swap (OIS) discount rates and curves, index pricing curves, foreign currency curves, and volatility surfaces (a three-dimensional graph of implied volatility against strike price and maturity). These derivative contracts, which are classified as Level 2 instruments, include interest rate swaps, certain options, cross currency swaps, and credit default swaps.

In addition, we have several customized derivative instruments and risk participations that are classified as Level 3 instruments. These derivative positions are valued using internally developed models, with inputs consisting of available market data, such as bond spreads and asset values, as well as unobservable internally derived assumptions, such as loss probabilities and internal risk ratings of customers. These derivatives are priced monthly by our MRM group using a credit valuation adjustment methodology. Swap details with the customer and our related participation percentage, if applicable, are obtained from our derivatives accounting system, which is the system of record. Applicable customer rating information is obtained from the particular loan system and represents an unobservable input to this valuation process. Using these various inputs, a valuation of these Level 3 derivatives is performed using a model that was acquired from a third party. In summary, the fair value represents an estimate of the amount that the risk participation counterparty would need to pay/receive as of the measurement date based on the probability of customer default on the swap transaction and the fair value of the underlying customer swap. Therefore, a higher loss probability and a lower credit rating would negatively affect the fair value of the risk participations and a lower loss probability and higher credit rating would positively affect the fair value of the risk participations.

Market convention implies a credit rating of “AA” equivalent in the pricing of derivative contracts, which assumes all counterparties have the same creditworthiness. To reflect the actual exposure on our derivative contracts related to both counterparty and our own creditworthiness, we record a fair value adjustment in the form of a credit valuation adjustment. The credit component is determined by individual counterparty based on the probability of default and considers master netting and collateral agreements. The credit valuation adjustment is classified as Level 3. Our MRM group is responsible for the valuation policies and procedures related to this credit valuation adjustment. A weekly reconciliation process is performed to ensure that all applicable derivative positions are covered in the calculation, which includes transmitting customer exposures and reserve reports to trading management, derivative traders and marketers, derivatives middle office, and corporate accounting personnel. On a quarterly basis, MRM prepares the credit valuation adjustment calculation, which includes a detailed reserve comparison with the previous quarter, an analysis for change in reserve, and a reserve forecast to ensure that the credit valuation adjustment recorded at period end is sufficient.

Other assets and liabilities. The value of our short positions is driven by the valuation of the underlying securities. If quoted prices for identical securities are not available, fair value is determined by using pricing models or quoted prices of similar securities, resulting in a Level 2 classification. For the interest rate-driven products, such as government bonds, U.S. Treasury bonds and other products backed by the U.S. government, inputs include spreads, credit ratings, and interest rates. For the credit-driven products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities, inputs include actual trade data for comparable assets and bids and offers.

36


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with GAAP. The following tables present these assets and liabilities at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.

June 30, 2016

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Trading account assets:

U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations

$ 708 $ 708

States and political subdivisions

38 38

Collateralized mortgage obligations

Other mortgage-backed securities

162 162

Other securities

46 46

Total trading account securities

954 954

Commercial loans

11 11

Total trading account assets

965 965

Securities available for sale:

States and political subdivisions

11 11

Collateralized mortgage obligations

12,518 12,518

Other mortgage-backed securities

2,003 2,003

Other securities

$ 3 $ 17 20

Total securities available for sale

3 14,532 17 14,552

Other investments:

Principal investments:

Direct

16 24 40

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

184

Total principal investments

16 24 224

Equity and mezzanine investments:

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

8

Total equity and mezzanine investments

8

Total other investments

16 24 232

Derivative assets:

Interest rate

1,547 15 1,562

Foreign exchange

109 6 115

Commodity

213 213

Credit

2 2 4

Derivative assets

109 1,768 17 1,894

Netting adjustments (b)

(660 )

Total derivative assets

109 1,768 17 1,234

Accrued income and other assets

5 5

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 128 $ 17,270 $ 58 $ 16,988

LIABILITIES MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings:

Short positions

$ 31 $ 656 $ 687

Derivative liabilities:

Interest rate

912 912

Foreign exchange

106 7 113

Commodity

201 201

Credit

4 4

Derivative liabilities

106 1,124 1,230

Netting adjustments (b)

(484 )

Total derivative liabilities

106 1,124 746

Accrued expense and other liabilities

5 5

Total liabilities on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 137 $ 1,785 $ 1,438

(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
(b) Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral. Total derivative assets and liabilities include these netting adjustments.

37


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Trading account assets:

U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations

$ 704 $ 704

States and political subdivisions

25 25

Collateralized mortgage obligations

Other mortgage-backed securities

26 26

Other securities

$ 3 24 27

Total trading account securities

3 779 782

Commercial loans

6 6

Total trading account assets

3 785 788

Securities available for sale:

States and political subdivisions

14 14

Collateralized mortgage obligations

11,995 11,995

Other mortgage-backed securities

2,189 2,189

Other securities

3 $ 17 20

Total securities available for sale

3 14,198 17 14,218

Other investments:

Principal investments:

Direct

19 50 69

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

235

Total principal investments

19 50 304

Equity and mezzanine investments:

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

8

Total equity and mezzanine investments

8

Total other investments

19 50 312

Derivative assets:

Interest rate

868 16 884

Foreign exchange

143 8 151

Commodity

444 444

Credit

4 2 6

Derivative assets

143 1,324 18 1,485

Netting adjustments (b)

(866 )

Total derivative assets

143 1,324 18 619

Accrued income and other assets

1 1

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 149 $ 16,327 $ 85 $ 15,938

LIABILITIES MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings:

Short positions

$ 533 $ 533

Derivative liabilities:

Interest rate

563 563

Foreign exchange

$ 116 8 124

Commodity

433 433

Credit

5 $ 1 6

Derivative liabilities

116 1,009 1 1,126

Netting adjustments (b)

(494 )

Total derivative liabilities

116 1,009 1 632

Accrued expense and other liabilities

1 1

Total liabilities on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 116 $ 1,543 $ 1 $ 1,166

(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
(b) Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral. Total derivative assets and liabilities include these netting adjustments.

38


Table of Contents

June 30, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Trading account assets:

U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations

$ 580 $ 580

States and political subdivisions

23 23

Collateralized mortgage obligations

Other mortgage-backed securities

37 37

Other securities

$ 2 24 26

Total trading account securities

2 664 666

Commercial loans

8 8

Total trading account assets

2 672 674

Securities available for sale:

States and political subdivisions

19 19

Collateralized mortgage obligations

11,751 11,751

Other mortgage-backed securities

2,452 2,452

Other securities

12 $ 10 22

Total securities available for sale

12 14,222 10 14,244

Other investments:

Principal investments:

Direct

70 70

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

282

Total principal investments

70 352

Equity and mezzanine investments:

Indirect (measured at NAV) (a)

9

Total equity and mezzanine investments

9

Other (measured at NAV) (a)

4

Total other investments

70 365

Derivative assets:

Interest rate

840 16 856

Foreign exchange

121 10 131

Commodity

379 379

Credit

1 3 4

Derivative assets

121 1,230 19 1,370

Netting adjustments (b)

(834 )

Total derivative assets

121 1,230 19 536

Accrued income and other assets

2 2

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 135 $ 16,126 $ 99 $ 15,821

LIABILITIES MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings:

Short positions

$ 1 $ 527 $ 528

Derivative liabilities:

Interest rate

568 568

Foreign exchange

100 8 108

Commodity

365 365

Credit

5 5

Derivative liabilities

100 946 1,046

Netting adjustments (b)

(486 )

Total derivative liabilities

100 946 560

Accrued expense and other liabilities

2 2

Total liabilities on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 101 $ 1,475 $ 1,090

(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
(b) Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral. Total derivative assets and liabilities include these netting adjustments.

39


Table of Contents

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following table shows the components of the change in the fair values of our Level 3 financial instruments for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. We mitigate the credit risk, interest rate risk, and risk of loss related to many of these Level 3 instruments by using securities and derivative positions classified as Level 1 or Level 2. Level 1 and Level 2 instruments are not included in the following table. Therefore, the gains or losses shown do not include the impact of our risk management activities.

in millions

Beginning
of Period
Balance
Gains
(Losses)
Included
in Earnings
Purchases Sales Settlements Transfers
into
Level 3 (d)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (d)
End of
Period
Balance (f)
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings

Six months ended June 30, 2016

Securities available for sale

Other securities

$ 17 $ 17

Other investments

Principal investments

Direct

50 $ 3 (b) $ (29 ) 24 $ (1 ) (b)

Other indirect

20 (20 ) (1 ) (b)

Derivative instruments (a)

Interest rate

16 6 (c) $ 3 (e) $ (10 ) (e) 15

Credit

1 (6 ) (c) $ 7 2

Three months ended June 30, 2016

Securities available for sale

Other securities

$ 17 $ 17

Other investments

Principal investments

Direct

47 $ 6 (b) $ (29 ) 24 $ 2 (b)

Indirect

18 1 (b) (19 )

Derivative instruments (a)

Interest rate

16 2 (c) $ (3 ) (e) 15

Credit

2 (4 ) (c) $ 4 2

in millions

Beginning
of Period
Balance
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings
Purchases Sales Settlements Transfers
into

Level 3 (d)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (d)
End of
Period
Balance (f)
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Earnings

Six months ended June 30, 2015

Securities available for sale

Other securities

$ 10 $ 10

Other investments

Principal investments

Direct

102 $ 16 (b) $ 2 $ (50 ) 70 $ (3 ) (b)

Equity and mezzanine investments

Direct

2 (b) (2 ) 2 (b)

Derivative instruments (a)

Interest rate

13 (1 ) (c) 1 $ 8 (e) $ (5 ) (e) 16

Credit

2 (4 ) (c) $ 5 3

Three months ended June 30, 2015

Securities available for sale

Other securities

$ 10 $ 10

Other investments

Principal investments

Direct

73 $ 3 (b) $ 1 $ (7 ) 70 $ (3 ) (b)

Derivative instruments (a)

Interest rate

10 (3 ) (c) 1 $ 8 (e) 16

Credit

2 (1 ) (c) $ 2 3

(a) Amounts represent Level 3 derivative assets less Level 3 derivative liabilities.
(b) Realized and unrealized gains and losses on principal investments are reported in “net gains (losses) from principal investing” on the income statement. Realized and unrealized losses on private equity and mezzanine investments are reported in “other income” on the income statement.
(c) Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments are reported in “corporate services income” and “other income” on the income statement.

40


Table of Contents
(d) Our policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of Level 3 as of the end of the reporting period.
(e) Certain derivatives previously classified as Level 2 were transferred to Level 3 because Level 3 unobservable inputs became significant. Certain derivatives previously classified as Level 3 were transferred to Level 2 because Level 3 unobservable inputs became less significant.
(f) There were no issuances for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

41


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. The adjustments to fair value generally result from the application of accounting guidance that requires assets and liabilities to be recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, or assessed for impairment. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. The following table presents our assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015:

June 30, 2016

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

Impaired loans

$ 8 $ 8

Loans held for sale (a)

Accrued income and other assets

4 4

Total assets on a nonrecurring basis at fair value

$ 12 $ 12

December 31, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

Impaired loans

Loans held for sale (a)

Accrued income and other assets

$ 7 $ 7

Total assets on a nonrecurring basis at fair value

$ 7 $ 7

June 30, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

Impaired loans

$ 8 $ 8

Loans held for sale (a)

Accrued income and other assets

5 5

Total assets on a nonrecurring basis at fair value

$ 13 $ 13

(a) During the first half of 2016, we transferred $22 million of commercial and consumer loans and leases at their current fair value from held-to-maturity portfolio to held-for-sale status, compared to $62 million during 2015, and $7 million during the first half of 2015.

Impaired loans . We typically adjust the carrying amount of our impaired loans when there is evidence of probable loss and the expected fair value of the loan is less than its contractual amount. The amount of the impairment may be determined based on the estimated present value of future cash flows, the fair value of the underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. Impaired loans with a specifically allocated allowance based on cash flow analysis or the value of the underlying collateral are classified as Level 3 assets. Impaired loans with a specifically allocated allowance based on an observable market price that reflects recent sale transactions for similar loans and collateral are classified as Level 2 assets.

The evaluations for impairment are prepared by the responsible relationship managers in our Asset Recovery Group and are reviewed and approved by the Asset Recovery Group Executive. The Asset Recovery Group is part of the Risk Management Group and reports to our Chief Credit Officer. These evaluations are performed in conjunction with the quarterly ALLL process.

Loans are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis. Loans included in the previous quarter’s review are re-evaluated, and if their values have changed materially, the underlying information (loan balance and in most cases, collateral value) is compared. Material differences are evaluated for reasonableness, and the relationship managers and their senior managers consider these differences and determine if any adjustment is necessary. The inputs are developed and substantiated on a quarterly basis based on current borrower developments, market conditions, and collateral values.

42


Table of Contents

The following two internal methods are used to value impaired loans:

Cash flow analysis considers internally developed inputs, such as discount rates, default rates, costs of foreclosure, and changes in collateral values.

The fair value of the collateral, which may take the form of real estate or personal property, is based on internal estimates, field observations, and assessments provided by third-party appraisers. We perform or reaffirm appraisals of collateral-dependent impaired loans at least annually. Appraisals may occur more frequently if the most recent appraisal does not accurately reflect the current market, the debtor is seriously delinquent or chronically past due, or there has been a material deterioration in the performance of the project or condition of the property. Adjustments to outdated appraisals that result in an appraisal value less than the carrying amount of a collateral-dependent impaired loan are reflected in the ALLL.

Impairment valuations are back-tested each quarter, based on a look-back of actual incurred losses on closed deals previously evaluated for impairment. The overall percent variance of actual net loan charge-offs on closed deals compared to the specific allocations on such deals is considered in determining each quarter’s specific allocations.

Loans held for sale . Through a quarterly analysis of our loan portfolios held for sale, which include both performing and nonperforming loans, we determine any adjustments necessary to record the portfolios at the lower of cost or fair value in accordance with GAAP. Our analysis concluded that there were no loans held for sale adjusted to fair value at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, or June 30, 2015.

Market inputs, including updated collateral values, and reviews of each borrower’s financial condition influenced the inputs used in our internal models and other valuation methodologies. The valuations are prepared by the responsible relationship managers or analysts in our Asset Recovery Group and are reviewed and approved by the Asset Recovery Group Executive. Actual gains or losses realized on the sale of various loans held for sale provide a back-testing mechanism for determining whether our valuations of these loans held for sale that are adjusted to fair value are appropriate.

Valuations of performing commercial mortgage and construction loans held for sale are conducted using internal models that rely on market data from sales or nonbinding bids on similar assets, including credit spreads, treasury rates, interest rate curves, and risk profiles. These internal models also rely on our own assumptions about the exit market for the loans and details about individual loans within the respective portfolios. Therefore, we classify these loans as Level 3 assets. The inputs related to our assumptions and other internal loan data include changes in real estate values, costs of foreclosure, prepayment rates, default rates, and discount rates.

Valuations of nonperforming commercial mortgage and construction loans held for sale are based on current agreements to sell the loans or approved discounted payoffs. If a negotiated value is not available, we use third-party appraisals, adjusted for current market conditions. Since valuations are based on unobservable data, these loans are classified as Level 3 assets.

Direct financing leases and operating lease assets held for sale . Our KEF Accounting and Capital Markets groups are responsible for the valuation policies and procedures related to these assets. The Managing Director of the KEF Capital Markets group reports to the President of the KEF line of business. A weekly report is distributed to both groups that lists all equipment finance deals booked in the warehouse portfolio. On a quarterly basis, the KEF Accounting group prepares a detailed held-for-sale roll-forward schedule that is reconciled to the general ledger and the above mentioned weekly report. KEF management uses the held-for-sale roll-forward schedule to determine if an impairment adjustment is necessary in accordance with lower of cost or fair value guidelines.

Valuations of direct financing leases and operating lease assets held for sale are performed using an internal model that relies on market data, such as swap rates and bond ratings, as well as our own assumptions about the exit market for the leases and details about the individual leases in the portfolio. The inputs based on our assumptions include changes in the value of leased items and internal credit ratings. These leases have been classified as Level 3 assets. KEF has master sale and assignment agreements with numerous institutional investors. Historically, multiple quotes are obtained, with the most reasonable formal quotes retained. These nonbinding quotes generally lead to a sale to one of the parties who provided the quote. Leases for which we receive a current nonbinding bid, and for which the sale is considered probable, may be classified as Level 2. The validity of these quotes is supported by historical and continued dealings with these institutions that have fulfilled the nonbinding quote in the past. In a distressed market where market data is not available, an estimate of the fair value of the leased asset may be used to value the lease, resulting in a Level 3 classification. In an inactive market, the market value of the assets held for sale is determined as the present value of the future cash flows discounted at the current

43


Table of Contents

buy rate. KEF Accounting calculates an estimated fair value buy rate based on the credit premium inherent in the relevant bond index and the appropriate swap rate on the measurement date. The amount of the adjustment is calculated as book value minus the present value of future cash flows discounted at the calculated buy rate.

Goodwill and other intangible assets. On a quarterly basis, we review impairment indicators to determine whether we need to evaluate the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets assigned to Key Community Bank and Key Corporate Bank. We also perform an annual impairment test for goodwill. Accounting guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether additional goodwill impairment testing is required. However, we did not choose to utilize a qualitative assessment in our annual goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2015. Fair value of our reporting units is determined using both an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and a market approach (using publicly traded company and recent transactions data), which are weighted equally.

Inputs used include market-available data, such as industry, historical, and expected growth rates, and peer valuations, as well as internally driven inputs, such as forecasted earnings and market participant insights. Since this valuation relies on a significant number of unobservable inputs, we have classified goodwill as Level 3. We use a third-party valuation services provider to perform the annual, and if necessary, any interim, Step 1 valuation process, and to perform a Step 2 analysis, if needed, on our reporting units. Annual and any interim valuations prepared by the third-party valuation services provider are reviewed by the appropriate individuals within Key to ensure that the assumptions used in preparing the analysis are appropriate and properly supported. For additional information on the results of recent goodwill impairment testing, see Note 10 (“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”) beginning on page 181 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

The fair value of other intangible assets is calculated using a cash flow approach. While the calculation to test for recoverability uses a number of assumptions that are based on current market conditions, the calculation is based primarily on unobservable assumptions. Accordingly, these assets are classified as Level 3. Our lines of business, with oversight from our Accounting group, are responsible for routinely, at least quarterly, assessing whether impairment indicators are present. All indicators that signal impairment may exist are appropriately considered in this analysis. An impairment loss is only recognized for a held-and-used long-lived asset if the sum of its estimated future undiscounted cash flows used to test for recoverability is less than its carrying value.

Our primary assumptions include attrition rates, alternative costs of funds, and rates paid on deposits. For additional information on the results of other intangible assets impairment testing, see Note 10 (“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”) beginning on page 181 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Other assets. OREO and other repossessed properties are valued based on inputs such as appraisals and third-party price opinions, less estimated selling costs. Generally, we classify these assets as Level 3, but OREO and other repossessed properties for which we receive binding purchase agreements are classified as Level 2. Returned lease inventory is valued based on market data for similar assets and is classified as Level 2. Assets that are acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosures are recorded initially as held for sale at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure. After foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically, and current market conditions may require the assets to be marked down further to a new cost basis.

Commercial Real Estate Valuation Process: When a loan is reclassified from loan status to OREO because we took possession of the collateral, the Asset Recovery Group Loan Officer, in consultation with our OREO group, obtains a broker price opinion or a third-party appraisal, which is used to establish the fair value of the underlying collateral. The determined fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs becomes the carrying value of the OREO asset. In addition to valuations from independent third-party sources, our OREO group also writes down the carrying balance of OREO assets once a bona fide offer is contractually accepted, where the accepted price is lower than the current balance of the particular OREO asset. The fair value of OREO property is re-evaluated every 90 days, and the OREO asset is adjusted as necessary.

Consumer Real Estate Valuation Process: The Asset Management team within our Risk Operations group is responsible for valuation policies and procedures in this area. The current vendor partner provides monthly reporting of all broker price opinion evaluations, appraisals, and the monthly market plans. Market plans are reviewed monthly, and valuations are reviewed and tested monthly to ensure proper pricing has been established and guidelines are being met. Risk Operations Compliance validates and provides periodic testing of the valuation process. The Asset Management team reviews changes in fair value measurements. Third-party broker price opinions are reviewed every 180 days, and the fair value is written down based on changes to the valuation. External factors are documented and monitored as appropriate.

44


Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The range and weighted-average of the significant unobservable inputs used to fair value our material Level 3 recurring and nonrecurring assets at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, along with the valuation techniques used, are shown in the following table:

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Fair Value of
Level 3 Assets

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range
(Weighted-Average)

Recurring

Other investments — principal investments — direct:

$ 24 Individual analysis of the condition of each investment

Debt instruments

EBITDA multiple 5.30 - 6.30 (6.20 )

Equity instruments of private companies

EBITDA multiple (where applicable) 6.30

Nonrecurring

Impaired loans

8 Fair value of underlying collateral Discount 00.00 - 35.00% (6.00 %)

Goodwill

1,060 Discounted cash flow and market data Earnings multiple of peers 10.30 - 17.80 (12.79 )
Equity multiple of peers 1.25 - 1.56 (1.43 )
Control premium 10.00 - 30.00% (19.18% )
Weighted-average cost of capital 12.00 - 13.00% (12.54% )

December 31, 2015

dollars in millions

Fair Value of
Level 3 Assets

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range
(Weighted-Average)

Recurring

Other investments — principal investments — direct:

$ 50 Individual analysis of the condition of each investment

Debt instruments

EBITDA multiple N/A (5.40 )

Equity instruments of private companies

EBITDA multiple (where applicable) 5.40 - 6.70 (6.60 )

Nonrecurring

Impaired loans (a)

Fair value of underlying collateral Discount 00.00 - 34.00% (15.00 %)

Goodwill

1,060 Discounted cash flow and market data Earnings multiple of peers 10.30 - 17.80 (12.79 )
Equity multiple of peers 1.25 - 1.56 (1.43 )
Control premium 10.00 - 30.00% (19.18% )
Weighted-average cost of capital 12.00 - 13.00% (12.54% )

(a)    Impaired loans are less than $1 million at December 31, 2015.

June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Fair Value of
Level 3 Assets

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range
(Weighted-Average)

Recurring

Other investments — principal investments — direct:

$ 70 Individual analysis of the condition of each investment

Debt instruments

EBITDA multiple 5.40 - 6.00 (5.50)

Equity instruments of private companies

EBITDA multiple (where applicable) 6.00 - 6.80 (6.70)

Equity instruments of public companies

Market approach Discount N/A (8.00)

Nonrecurring

Impaired loans

8 Fair value of underlying collateral Discount 00.00 - 64.00% (35.00%)

Goodwill

1,057 Discounted cash flow and market data Earnings multiple of peers 11.40 - 15.90 (12.92)
Equity multiple of peers 1.20 - 1.22 (1.21)
Control premium 10.00 - 30.00% (19.70%)
Weighted-average cost of capital 13.00 - 14.00% (13.52%)

45


Table of Contents

Fair Value Disclosures of Financial Instruments

The levels in the fair value hierarchy ascribed to our financial instruments and the related carrying amounts at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, are shown in the following table.

June 30, 2016
Fair Value

in millions

Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Measured
at NAV
Netting
Adjustment
Total

ASSETS

Cash and short-term investments (a)

$ 7,095 $ 7,095 $ 7,095

Trading account assets (b)

965 $ 965 965

Securities available for sale (b)

14,552 3 14,532 $ 17 14,552

Held-to-maturity securities (c)

4,832 4,889 4,889

Other investments (b)

577 16 369 $ 192 577

Loans, net of allowance (d)

61,244 60,166 60,166

Loans held for sale (b)

442 442 442

Derivative assets (b)

1,234 109 1,768 17 $ (660 ) (f) 1,234

LIABILITIES

Deposits with no stated maturity (a)

$ 68,677 $ 68,677 $ 68,677

Time deposits (e)

6,648 6,721 6,721

Short-term borrowings (a)

1,047 $ 31 1,016 1,047

Long-term debt (e)

11,388 11,492 376 11,868

Derivative liabilities (b)

746 106 1,124 $ (484 ) (f) 746
December 31, 2015
Fair Value

in millions

Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Measured
at NAV
Netting
Adjustment
Total

ASSETS

Cash and short-term investments (a)

$ 3,314 $ 3,314 $ 3,314

Trading account assets (b)

788 3 $ 785 788

Securities available for sale (b)

14,218 3 14,198 $ 17 14,218

Held-to-maturity securities (c)

4,897 4,848 4,848

Other investments (b)

655 19 393 $ 243 655

Loans, net of allowance (d)

59,080 57,508 57,508

Loans held for sale (b)

639 639 639

Derivative assets (b)

619 143 1,324 18 $ (866 ) (f) 619

LIABILITIES

Deposits with no stated maturity (a)

$ 65,527 $ 65,527 $ 65,527

Time deposits (e)

5,519 5,575 5,575

Short-term borrowings (a)

905 905 905

Long-term debt (e)

10,186 $ 9,987 420 10,407

Derivative liabilities (b)

632 116 1,009 $ 1 $ (494 ) (f) 632
June 30, 2015
Fair Value

in millions

Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Measured
at NAV
Netting
Adjustment
Total

ASSETS

Cash and short-term investments (a)

$ 3,915 $ 3,915 $ 3,915

Trading account assets (b)

674 2 $ 672 674

Securities available for sale (b)

14,244 12 14,222 $ 10 14,244

Held-to-maturity securities (c)

5,022 4,992 4,992

Other investments (b)

703 408 295 703

Loans, net of allowance (d)

57,468 56,012 56,012

Loans held for sale (b)

835 835 835

Derivative assets (b)

536 121 1,230 19 $ (834 ) (f) 536

LIABILITIES

Deposits with no stated maturity (a)

$ 65,034 $ 65,034 $ 65,034

Time deposits (e)

5,635 $ 498 5,195 5,693

Short-term borrowings (a)

972 1 971 972

Long-term debt (e)

10,267 10,037 506 10,543

Derivative liabilities (b)

560 100 946 $ (486 ) (f) 560

46


Table of Contents

Valuation Methods and Assumptions

(a) Fair value equals or approximates carrying amount. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity does not take into consideration the value ascribed to core deposit intangibles.

(b) Information pertaining to our methodology for measuring the fair values of these assets and liabilities is included in the sections entitled “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques” and “Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis” in this Note.

(c) Fair values of held-to-maturity securities are determined by using models that are based on security-specific details, as well as relevant industry and economic factors. The most significant of these inputs are quoted market prices, interest rate spreads on relevant benchmark securities, and certain prepayment assumptions. We review the valuations derived from the models to ensure they are reasonable and consistent with the values placed on similar securities traded in the secondary markets.

(d) The fair value of loans is based on the present value of the expected cash flows. The projected cash flows are based on the contractual terms of the loans, adjusted for prepayments and use of a discount rate based on the relative risk of the cash flows, taking into account the loan type, maturity of the loan, liquidity risk, servicing costs, and a required return on debt and capital. In addition, an incremental liquidity discount is applied to certain loans, using historical sales of loans during periods of similar economic conditions as a benchmark. The fair value of loans includes lease financing receivables at their aggregate carrying amount, which is equivalent to their fair value.

(e) Fair values of time deposits and long-term debt are based on discounted cash flows utilizing relevant market inputs.

(f) Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. The net basis takes into account the impact of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral. Total derivative assets and liabilities include these netting adjustments.

We use valuation methods based on exit market prices in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. We determine fair value based on assumptions pertaining to the factors that a market participant would consider in valuing the asset. A substantial portion of our fair value adjustments are related to liquidity. During 2015 and the first half of 2016, the fair values of our loan portfolios generally remained stable, primarily due to increasing liquidity in the loan markets. If we were to use different assumptions, the fair values shown in the preceding table could change. Also, because the applicable accounting guidance for financial instruments excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements, the fair value amounts shown in the table above do not, by themselves, represent the underlying value of our company as a whole.

Education lending business . The discontinued education lending business consists of loans in portfolio (recorded at carrying value with appropriate valuation reserves) and loans in portfolio (recorded at fair value). All of these loans were excluded from the table above as follows:

Loans at carrying value, net of allowance, of $1.7 billion ($1.4 billion at fair value) at June 30, 2016, and $1.8 billion ($1.5 billion at fair value) at December 31, 2015, and $1.9 billion ($1.6 billion at fair value) at June 30, 2015; and

Portfolio loans at fair value of $3 million at June 30, 2016, and $4 million at December 31, 2015. There were no portfolio loans at fair value at June 30, 2015.

These loans and securities are classified as Level 3 because we rely on unobservable inputs when determining fair value since observable market data is not available.

Residential real estate mortgage loans. Residential real estate mortgage loans with carrying amounts of $2.3 billion at June 30, 2016, $2.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and $2.3 billion at June 30, 2015 are included in “Loans, net of allowance” in the previous table.

Short-term financial instruments. For financial instruments with a remaining average life to maturity of less than six months, carrying amounts were used as an approximation of fair values.

47


Table of Contents

6. Securities

Securities available for sale. These are securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time but that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs, or other factors. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses (net of income taxes) deemed temporary are recorded in equity as a component of AOCI on the balance sheet. Unrealized losses on equity securities deemed to be “other-than-temporary,” and realized gains and losses resulting from sales of securities using the specific identification method, are included in “other income” on the income statement. Unrealized losses on debt securities deemed to be “other-than-temporary” are included in “other income” on the income statement or in AOCI on the balance sheet in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance related to the recognition of OTTI of debt securities.

“Other securities” held in the available-for-sale portfolio consist of marketable equity securities that are traded on a public exchange such as the NYSE or NASDAQ and convertible preferred stock issued by privately held companies.

Held-to-maturity securities. These are debt securities that we have the intent and ability to hold until maturity. Debt securities are carried at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. This method produces a constant rate of return on the adjusted carrying amount.

“Other securities” held in the held-to-maturity portfolio consist of foreign bonds and capital securities.

Unrealized losses on equity securities deemed to be “other-than-temporary,” and realized gains and losses resulting from sales of securities using the specific identification method, are included in “other income” on the income statement. Unrealized losses on debt securities deemed to be “other-than-temporary” are included in “other income” on the income statement or in AOCI on the balance sheet in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance related to the recognition of OTTI of debt securities.

The amortized cost, unrealized gains and losses, and approximate fair value of our securities available for sale and held-to-maturity securities are presented in the following tables. Gross unrealized gains and losses represent the difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of securities on the balance sheet as of the dates indicated. Accordingly, the amount of these gains and losses may change in the future as market conditions change.

48


Table of Contents
June 30, 2016

in millions

Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

States and political subdivisions

$ 11 $ 1 $ 12

Collateralized mortgage obligations

12,344 187 $ 13 12,518

Other mortgage-backed securities

1,970 32 2,002

Other securities

21 1 20

Total securities available for sale

$ 14,346 $ 220 $ 14 $ 14,552

HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 4,099 $ 45 $ 6 $ 4,138

Other mortgage-backed securities

711 18 729

Other securities

22 22

Total held-to-maturity securities

$ 4,832 $ 63 $ 6 $ 4,889

December 31, 2015

in millions

Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

States and political subdivisions

$ 14 $ 14

Collateralized mortgage obligations

12,082 $ 51 $ 138 11,995

Other mortgage-backed securities

2,193 11 15 2,189

Other securities

21 1 20

Total securities available for sale

$ 14,310 $ 62 $ 154 $ 14,218

HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 4,174 $ 5 $ 50 $ 4,129

Other mortgage-backed securities

703 4 699

Other securities

20 20

Total held-to-maturity securities

$ 4,897 $ 5 $ 54 $ 4,848

June 30, 2015

in millions

Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

States and political subdivisions

$ 19 $ 19

Collateralized mortgage obligations

11,765 $ 101 $ 115 11,751

Other mortgage-backed securities

2,439 21 8 2,452

Other securities

20 2 22

Total securities available for sale

$ 14,243 $ 124 $ 123 $ 14,244

HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 4,463 $ 17 $ 43 $ 4,437

Other mortgage-backed securities

539 4 535

Other securities

20 20

Total held-to-maturity securities

$ 5,022 $ 17 $ 47 $ 4,992

49


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.

Duration of Unrealized Loss Position
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or Longer Total

in millions

Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses

June 30, 2016

Securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 410 $ 1 $ 1,626 $ 12 $ 2,036 $ 13

Other securities

3 1 3 1

Held-to-maturity:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

128 1 582 5 710 6

Other securities (a)

4 4

Total temporarily impaired securities

$ 538 $ 2 $ 2,215 $ 18 $ 2,753 $ 20

December 31, 2015

Securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 5,190 $ 43 $ 3,206 $ 95 $ 8,396 $ 138

Other mortgage-backed securities

1,670 15 1,670 15

Other securities

3 1 3 1

Held-to-maturity:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

1,793 16 1,320 34 3,113 50

Other mortgage-backed securities

547 4 547 4

Other securities (a)

4 4

Total temporarily impaired securities

$ 9,204 $ 78 $ 4,529 $ 130 $ 13,733 $ 208

June 30, 2015

Securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

$ 2,784 $ 46 $ 2,624 $ 69 $ 5,408 $ 115

Other mortgage-backed securities

1,060 8 1,060 8

Other securities (b)

3 3

Held-to-maturity:

Collateralized mortgage obligations

1,236 12 1,278 31 2,514 43

Other mortgage-backed securities

475 4 475 4

Other securities (a)

4 4

Total temporarily impaired securities

$ 5,559 $ 70 $ 3,905 $ 100 $ 9,464 $ 170

(a) Gross unrealized losses totaled less than $1 million for other securities held to maturity as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.
(b) Gross unrealized losses totaled less than $1 million for other securities available for sale as of June 30, 2015.

At June 30, 2016, we had $13 million of gross unrealized losses related to 33 fixed-rate CMOs that we invested in as part of our overall A/LM strategy. These securities had a weighted-average maturity of 3.8 years at June 30, 2016. We also had less than $1 million of gross unrealized losses related to 7 other mortgage-backed securities positions, which had a weighted-average maturity of 3.9 years at June 30, 2016. Because these securities have a fixed interest rate, their fair value is sensitive to movements in market interest rates. These unrealized losses are considered temporary since we expect to collect all contractually due amounts from these securities. Accordingly, these investments were reduced to their fair value through OCI, not earnings.

We regularly assess our securities portfolio for OTTI. The assessments are based on the nature of the securities, the underlying collateral, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the loss, our intent related to the individual securities, and the likelihood that we will have to sell securities prior to expected recovery.

50


Table of Contents

The debt securities identified as other-than-temporarily impaired are written down to their current fair value. For those debt securities that we intend to sell, or more-likely-than-not will be required to sell, prior to the expected recovery of the amortized cost, the entire impairment (i.e., the difference between amortized cost and the fair value) is recognized in earnings. For those debt securities that we do not intend to sell, or more-likely-than-not will not be required to sell, prior to expected recovery, the credit portion of OTTI is recognized in earnings, while the remaining OTTI is recognized in equity as a component of AOCI on the balance sheet. As shown in the following table, we did not have any impairment losses recognized in earnings for the three months ended June 30, 2016.

Three months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Balance at March 31, 2016

$ 4

Impairment recognized in earnings

Balance at June 30, 2016

$ 4

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, net securities gains (losses) related to securities available for sale totaled less than $1 million.

At June 30, 2016, securities available for sale and held-to-maturity securities totaling $5.7 billion were pledged to secure securities sold under repurchase agreements, to secure public and trust deposits, to facilitate access to secured funding, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

The following table shows securities by remaining maturity. CMOs and other mortgage-backed securities (both of which are included in the securities available-for-sale portfolio) as well as the CMOs in the held-to-maturity portfolio are presented based on their expected average lives. The remaining securities, in both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios, are presented based on their remaining contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from expected or contractual maturities since borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Securities
Available for Sale
Held-to-Maturity
Securities

June 30, 2016

in millions

Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value

Due in one year or less

$ 249 $ 252 $ 86 $ 87

Due after one through five years

13,456 13,649 4,035 4,073

Due after five through ten years

640 649 711 729

Due after ten years

1 2

Total

$ 14,346 $ 14,552 $ 4,832 $ 4,889

51


Table of Contents

7. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We are a party to various derivative instruments, mainly through our subsidiary, KeyBank. Derivative instruments are contracts between two or more parties that have a notional amount and an underlying variable, require a small or no net investment, and allow for the net settlement of positions. A derivative’s notional amount serves as the basis for the payment provision of the contract and takes the form of units, such as shares or dollars. A derivative’s underlying variable is a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index, or other variable. The interaction between the notional amount and the underlying variable determines the number of units to be exchanged between the parties and influences the fair value of the derivative contract.

The primary derivatives that we use are interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and futures; foreign exchange contracts; commodity derivatives; and credit derivatives. Generally, these instruments help us manage exposure to interest rate risk, mitigate the credit risk inherent in our loan portfolio, hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and meet client financing and hedging needs. As further discussed in this note:

interest rate risk is the risk that the EVE or net interest income will be adversely affected by fluctuations in interest rates;

credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms; and

foreign exchange risk is the risk that an exchange rate will adversely affect the fair value of a financial instrument.

Derivative assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet, after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. These agreements allow us to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset net derivative positions with related cash collateral, where applicable. As a result, we could have derivative contracts with negative fair values included in derivative assets on the balance sheet and contracts with positive fair values included in derivative liabilities.

At June 30, 2016, after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements, we had $398 million of derivative assets and a positive $6 million of derivative liabilities that relate to contracts entered into for hedging purposes. Our hedging derivative liabilities are in an asset position largely because we have contracts with positive fair values as a result of master netting agreements. As of the same date, after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements and a reserve for potential future losses, we had derivative assets of $836 million and derivative liabilities of $752 million that were not designated as hedging instruments.

Additional information regarding our accounting policies for derivatives is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Derivatives” beginning on page 126 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships

Net interest income and the EVE change in response to changes in the mix of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments; associated interest rates tied to each instrument; differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; and changes in interest rates. We utilize derivatives that have been designated as part of a hedge relationship in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance to minimize the exposure and volatility of net interest income and EVE to interest rate fluctuations. The primary derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk are interest rate swaps, which convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index.

We designate certain “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swaps as fair value hedges. These contracts convert certain fixed-rate long-term debt into variable-rate obligations, thereby modifying our exposure to changes in interest rates. As a result, we receive fixed-rate interest payments in exchange for making variable-rate payments over the lives of the contracts without exchanging the notional amounts.

Similarly, we designate certain “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. These contracts effectively convert certain floating-rate loans into fixed-rate loans to reduce the potential adverse effect of interest rate decreases on future interest income. Again, we receive fixed-rate interest payments in exchange for making variable-rate payments over the lives of the contracts without exchanging the notional amounts.

We also designate certain “pay fixed/receive variable” interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. These swaps convert certain floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt. We also use these swaps to manage the interest rate risk associated with anticipated sales of certain commercial real estate loans. The swaps protect against the possible short-term decline in the value of the loans that could result from changes in interest rates between the time they are originated and the time they are sold.

52


Table of Contents

We use foreign currency forward transactions to hedge the foreign currency exposure of our net investment in various foreign equipment finance entities. These entities are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. These swaps are designated as net investment hedges to mitigate the exposure of measuring the net investment at the spot foreign exchange rate.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

On occasion, we enter into interest rate swap contracts to manage economic risks but do not designate the instruments in hedge relationships. Excluding contracts addressing customer exposures, the amount of derivatives hedging risks on an economic basis at June 30, 2016, was not significant.

Like other financial services institutions, we originate loans and extend credit, both of which expose us to credit risk. We actively manage our overall loan portfolio and the associated credit risk in a manner consistent with asset quality objectives and concentration risk tolerances to mitigate portfolio credit risk. Purchasing credit default swaps enables us to transfer to a third party a portion of the credit risk associated with a particular extension of credit, including situations where there is a forecasted sale of loans. Beginning in the first quarter of 2014, we began purchasing credit default swaps to reduce the credit risk associated with the debt securities held in our trading portfolio. We may also sell credit derivatives to offset our purchased credit default swap position prior to maturity. Although we use credit default swaps for risk management purposes, they are not treated as hedging instruments.

We also enter into derivative contracts for other purposes, including:

interest rate swap, cap, and floor contracts entered into generally to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients;

energy and base metal swap and option contracts entered into to accommodate the needs of clients;

futures contracts and positions with third parties that are intended to offset or mitigate the interest rate or market risk related to client positions discussed above; and

foreign exchange forward and option contracts entered into primarily to accommodate the needs of clients.

These contracts are not designated as part of hedge relationships.

Fair Values, Volume of Activity, and Gain/Loss Information Related to Derivative Instruments

The following table summarizes the fair values of our derivative instruments on a gross and net basis as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. The change in the notional amounts of these derivatives by type from December 31, 2015, to June 30, 2016, indicates the volume of our derivative transaction activity during the first half of 2016. The notional amounts are not affected by bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. The derivative asset and liability balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. Total derivative assets and liabilities are adjusted to take into account the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to settle all derivative contracts with a single counterparty on a net basis and to offset the net derivative position with the related cash collateral. Where master netting agreements are not in effect or are not enforceable under bankruptcy laws, we do not adjust those derivative assets and liabilities with counterparties. Securities collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements is not offset on the balance sheet. Our derivative instruments are included in “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” on the balance sheet, as indicated in the following table:

53


Table of Contents
June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015
Fair Value Fair Value Fair Value

in millions

Notional
Amount
Derivative
Assets
Derivative
Liabilities
Notional
Amount
Derivative
Assets
Derivative
Liabilities
Notional
Amount
Derivative
Assets
Derivative
Liabilities

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Interest rate

$ 22,754 $ 572 $ 13 $ 18,917 $ 257 $ 15 $ 17,324 $ 267 $ 22

Foreign exchange

289 8 13 312 20 333 17 4

Total

23,043 580 26 19,229 277 15 17,657 284 26

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Interest rate

44,498 990 899 43,965 627 548 45,067 589 546

Foreign exchange

6,148 107 100 6,454 131 124 6,486 114 104

Commodity

1,319 213 201 1,144 444 433 1,537 379 365

Credit

467 4 4 632 6 6 505 4 5

Total

52,432 1,314 1,204 52,195 1,208 1,111 53,595 1,086 1,020

Netting adjustments (a)

(660 ) (484 ) (866 ) (494 ) (834 ) (486 )

Net derivatives in the balance sheet

75,475 1,234 746 71,424 619 632 71,252 536 560

Other collateral (b)

(48 ) (212 ) (91 ) (204 ) (96 ) (216 )

Net derivative amounts

$ 75,475 $ 1,186 $ 534 $ 71,424 $ 528 $ 428 $ 71,252 $ 440 $ 344

(a) Netting adjustments represent the amounts recorded to convert our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance.
(b) Other collateral represents the amount that cannot be used to offset our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. The other collateral consists of securities and is exchanged under bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to offset the net derivative position with the related collateral. The application of the other collateral cannot reduce the net derivative position below zero. Therefore, excess other collateral, if any, is not reflected above.

Fair value hedges. Instruments designated as fair value hedges are recorded at fair value and included in “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” on the balance sheet. The effective portion of a change in the fair value of an instrument designated as a fair value hedge is recorded in earnings at the same time as a change in fair value of the hedged item, resulting in no effect on net income. The ineffective portion of a change in the fair value of such a hedging instrument is recorded in “other income” on the income statement with no corresponding offset. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, we did not exclude any portion of these hedging instruments from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. While there is some immaterial ineffectiveness in our hedging relationships, all of our fair value hedges remained “highly effective” as of June 30, 2016.

The following table summarizes the pre-tax net gains (losses) on our fair value hedges for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, and where they are recorded on the income statement.

Six months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Income Statement Location of

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivative

Net Gains
(Losses) on
Derivative

Hedged Item

Income Statement Location of
Net Gains (Losses) on Hedged Item
Net Gains
(Losses) on
Hedged Item

Interest rate

Other income $ 164 Long-term debt Other income $ (165 ) (a)

Interest rate

Interest expense — Long-term debt 50

Total

$ 214 $ (165 )

Six months ended June 30, 2015

in millions

Income Statement Location of

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivative

Net Gains
(Losses) on
Derivative

Hedged Item

Income Statement Location of
Net Gains (Losses) on Hedged Item
Net Gains
(Losses) on
Hedged Item

Interest rate

Other income $ (17 ) Long-term debt Other income $ 17 (a)

Interest rate

Interest expense — Long-term debt 60

Total

$ 43 $ 17

(a) Net gains (losses) on hedged items represent the change in fair value caused by fluctuations in interest rates.

Cash flow hedges. Instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded at fair value and included in “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” on the balance sheet. Initially, the effective portion of a gain or loss on a cash flow hedge is recorded as a component of AOCI on the balance sheet. This amount is subsequently reclassified into income when the hedged transaction affects earnings (e.g., when we pay variable-rate interest on debt, receive variable-rate interest on commercial loans, or sell commercial real estate loans). The ineffective portion of cash flow hedging transactions is included in “other income” on the income statement. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, we did not exclude any portion of these hedging instruments from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. While there is some immaterial ineffectiveness in our hedging relationships, all of our cash flow hedges remained “highly effective” as of June 30, 2016.

54


Table of Contents

Considering the interest rates, yield curves, and notional amounts as of June 30, 2016, we would expect to reclassify an estimated $45 million of after-tax net losses on derivative instruments from AOCI to income during the next 12 months for our cash flow hedges. In addition, we expect to reclassify approximately $2 million of net losses related to terminated cash flow hedges from AOCI to income during the next 12 months. As of June 30, 2016, the maximum length of time over which we hedge forecasted transactions is 12 years.

Net investment hedges. We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our exposure to changes in the carrying value of our investments as a result of changes in the related foreign exchange rates. Instruments designated as net investment hedges are recorded at fair value and included in “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” on the balance sheet. Initially, the effective portion of a gain or loss on a net investment hedge is recorded as a component of AOCI on the balance sheet when the terms of the derivative match the notional and currency risk being hedged. The effective portion is subsequently reclassified into income when the hedged transaction affects earnings (e.g., when we dispose of or liquidate a foreign subsidiary). At June 30, 2016, AOCI reflected unrecognized after-tax gains totaling $38 million related to cumulative changes in the fair value of our net investment hedges, which offset the unrecognized after-tax foreign currency losses on net investment balances. The ineffective portion of net investment hedging transactions is included in “other income” on the income statement, but there was no net investment hedge ineffectiveness as of June 30, 2016. We did not exclude any portion of our hedging instruments from the assessment of hedge effectiveness during the six-month period ended June 30, 2016.

The following table summarizes the pre-tax net gains (losses) on our cash flow and net investment hedges for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, and where they are recorded on the income statement. The table includes the effective portion of net gains (losses) recognized in OCI during the period, the effective portion of net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into income during the current period, and the portion of net gains (losses) recognized directly in income, representing the amount of hedge ineffectiveness.

Six months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Net Gains (Losses)
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)

Income Statement Location of

Net Gains (Losses)

Reclassified From OCI Into

Income (Effective Portion)

Net Gains
(Losses)
Reclassified
From OCI
Into Income

(Effective
Portion)

Income Statement

Location

of Net Gains (Losses)

Recognized in

Income

(Ineffective Portion)

Net Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
Income
(Ineffective Portion)

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest rate

$ 204 Interest income — Loans $ 45 Other income

Interest rate

(6 ) Interest expense — Long-term debt (2 ) Other income

Interest rate

(1 ) Investment banking and debt placement fees Other income

Net Investment Hedges

Foreign exchange contracts

(5 ) Other Income Other income

Total

$ 192 $ 43

Six months ended June 30, 2015

in millions

Net Gains (Losses)
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)

Income Statement Location of

Net Gains (Losses) Reclassified From OCI
Into Income (Effective Portion)

Net Gains
(Losses)
Reclassified
From OCI
Into Income
(Effective
Portion)

Income Statement Location of
Net Gains (Losses) Recognized
in Income

(Ineffective Portion)

Net Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
Income (Ineffective
Portion)

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest rate

$ 48 Interest income — Loans $ 45 Other income

Interest rate

1 Interest expense — Long-term debt (2 ) Other income

Interest rate

1 Investment banking and debt placement fees Other income

Net Investment Hedges

Foreign exchange contracts

17 Other Income Other income

Total

$ 67 $ 43

The after-tax change in AOCI resulting from cash flow and net investment hedges is as follows:

in millions

December 31,
2015
2016
Hedging Activity
Reclassification
of Gains to

Net Income
June 30,
2016

AOCI resulting from cash flow and net investment hedges

$ 20 $ 121 $ (27 ) $ 114

55


Table of Contents

Nonhedging instruments. Our derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are recorded at fair value in “derivative assets” and “derivative liabilities” on the balance sheet. Adjustments to the fair values of these instruments, as well as any premium paid or received, are included in “corporate services income” and “other income” on the income statement.

The following table summarizes the pre-tax net gains (losses) on our derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, and where they are recorded on the income statement.

Six months ended June 30, 2016 Six months ended June 30, 2015

in millions

Corporate
Services
Income
Other
Income
Total Corporate
Services
Income
Other
Income
Total

NET GAINS (LOSSES)

Interest rate

$ 13 $ (2 ) $ 11 $ 9 $ 9

Foreign exchange

19 19 18 18

Commodity

2 2 3 3

Credit

1 (6 ) (5 ) $ (7 ) (7 )

Total net gains (losses)

$ 35 $ (8 ) $ 27 $ 30 $ (7 ) $ 23

Counterparty Credit Risk

Like other financial instruments, derivatives contain an element of credit risk. This risk is measured as the expected positive replacement value of the contracts. We use several means to mitigate and manage exposure to credit risk on derivative contracts. We generally enter into bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that provide for the net settlement of all contracts with a single counterparty in the event of default. Additionally, we monitor counterparty credit risk exposure on each contract to determine appropriate limits on our total credit exposure across all product types. We review our collateral positions on a daily basis and exchange collateral with our counterparties in accordance with standard ISDA documentation, central clearing rules, and other related agreements. We generally hold collateral in the form of cash and highly rated securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, government-sponsored enterprises, or GNMA. The cash collateral netted against derivative assets on the balance sheet totaled $241 million at June 30, 2016, $377 million at December 31, 2015, and $364 million at June 30, 2015. The cash collateral netted against derivative liabilities totaled $64 million at June 30, 2016, $5 million at December 31, 2015, and $16 million at June 30, 2015. The relevant agreements that allow us to access the central clearing organizations to clear derivative transactions are not considered to be qualified master netting agreements. Therefore, we cannot net derivative contracts or offset those contracts with related cash collateral with these counterparties. At June 30, 2016, we posted $491 million of cash collateral with clearing organizations and held $310 million of cash collateral from clearing organizations. At December 31, 2015, we posted $143 million of cash collateral with clearing organizations and held $6 million of cash collateral from clearing organizations. At June 30, 2015, we posted $114 million of cash collateral with clearing organizations and held $3 million of cash collateral from clearing organizations. This additional cash collateral is included in “accrued income and other assets” and “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

The following table summarizes our largest exposure to an individual counterparty at the dates indicated.

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Largest gross exposure (derivative asset) to an individual counterparty

$ 135 $ 158 $ 105

Collateral posted by this counterparty

58 85 44

Derivative liability with this counterparty

122 74 90

Collateral pledged to this counterparty

57 37

Net exposure after netting adjustments and collateral

12 (1 ) 8

The following table summarizes the fair value of our derivative assets by type at the dates indicated. These assets represent our gross exposure to potential loss after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements and other means used to mitigate risk.

56


Table of Contents

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Interest rate

$ 1,342 $ 628 $ 606

Foreign exchange

39 66 50

Commodity

91 298 243

Credit

3 4 1

Derivative assets before collateral

1,475 996 900

Less: Related collateral

241 377 364

Total derivative assets

$ 1,234 $ 619 $ 536

We enter into derivative transactions with two primary groups: broker-dealers and banks, and clients. Since these groups have different economic characteristics, we have different methods for managing counterparty credit exposure and credit risk.

We enter into transactions with broker-dealers and banks for various risk management purposes. These types of transactions generally are high dollar volume. We generally enter into bilateral collateral and master netting agreements with these counterparties. We began clearing certain types of derivative transactions with these counterparties in June 2013, whereby the central clearing organizations become our counterparties subsequent to novation of the original derivative contracts. In addition, we began entering into derivative contracts through swap execution facilities during the first quarter of 2014. The swap clearing and swap trade execution requirements were mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act for the purpose of reducing counterparty credit risk and increasing transparency in the derivative market. At June 30, 2016, we had gross exposure of $886 million to broker-dealers and banks. We had net exposure of $571 million after the application of master netting agreements and cash collateral, where such qualifying agreements exist. We had net exposure of $506 million after considering $65 million of additional collateral held in the form of securities.

We enter into transactions with clients to accommodate their business needs. These types of transactions generally are low dollar volume. We generally enter into master netting agreements with these counterparties. In addition, we mitigate our overall portfolio exposure and market risk by buying and selling U.S. Treasuries and Eurodollar futures and entering into offsetting positions and other derivative contracts, sometimes with entities other than broker-dealers and banks. Due to the smaller size and magnitude of the individual contracts with clients, we generally do not exchange collateral in connection with these derivative transactions. To address the risk of default associated with the uncollateralized contracts, we have established a credit valuation adjustment (included in “derivative assets”) in the amount of $7 million at June 30, 2016, which we estimate to be the potential future losses on amounts due from client counterparties in the event of default. At June 30, 2016, we had gross exposure of $738 million to client counterparties and other entities that are not broker-dealers or banks for derivatives that have associated master netting agreements. We had net exposure of $663 million on our derivatives with these counterparties after the application of master netting agreements, collateral, and the related reserve. In addition, the derivatives for one counterparty were guaranteed by a third party with a letter of credit totaling $10 million.

Credit Derivatives

We are both a buyer and seller of credit protection through the credit derivative market. We purchase credit derivatives to manage the credit risk associated with specific commercial lending and swap obligations as well as exposures to debt securities. We may also sell credit derivatives, mainly single-name credit default swaps, to offset our purchased credit default swap positions prior to maturity.

The following table summarizes the fair value of our credit derivatives purchased and sold by type as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. The fair value of credit derivatives presented below does not take into account the effects of bilateral collateral or master netting agreements.

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

in millions

Purchased Sold Net Purchased Sold Net Purchased Sold Net

Single-name credit default swaps

$ (2 ) $ (2 ) $ (3 ) $ (3 ) $ (2 ) $ (2 )

Traded credit default swap indices

2 2 4 4 2 2

Other (a)

$ (1 ) (1 ) $ (1 ) (1 )

Total credit derivatives

$ 1 $ (1 ) $ (1 ) $ (1 )

(a) As of June 30, 2016, the fair value of other credit derivatives sold totaled less than $1 million.

Single-name credit default swaps are bilateral contracts whereby the seller agrees, for a premium, to provide protection against the credit risk of a specific entity (the “reference entity”) in connection with a specific debt obligation. The protected credit risk is related to adverse credit events, such as bankruptcy, failure to make payments, and acceleration or restructuring of obligations, identified in the credit derivative contract. As the seller of a single-name credit derivative, we may settle in

57


Table of Contents

one of two ways if the underlying reference entity experiences a predefined credit event. We may be required to pay the purchaser the difference between the par value and the market price of the debt obligation (cash settlement) or receive the specified referenced asset in exchange for payment of the par value (physical settlement). If we effect a physical settlement and receive our portion of the related debt obligation, we will join other creditors in the liquidation process, which may enable us to recover a portion of the amount paid under the credit default swap contract. We also may purchase offsetting credit derivatives for the same reference entity from third parties that will permit us to recover the amount we pay should a credit event occur.

A traded credit default swap index represents a position on a basket or portfolio of reference entities. As a seller of protection on a credit default swap index, we would be required to pay the purchaser if one or more of the entities in the index had a credit event. Upon a credit event, the amount payable is based on the percentage of the notional amount allocated to the specific defaulting entity.

The majority of transactions represented by the “other” category shown in the above table are risk participation agreements. In these transactions, the lead participant has a swap agreement with a customer. The lead participant (purchaser of protection) then enters into a risk participation agreement with a counterparty (seller of protection), under which the counterparty receives a fee to accept a portion of the lead participant’s credit risk. If the customer defaults on the swap contract, the counterparty to the risk participation agreement must reimburse the lead participant for the counterparty’s percentage of the positive fair value of the customer swap as of the default date. If the customer swap has a negative fair value, the counterparty has no reimbursement requirements. If the customer defaults on the swap contract and the seller fulfills its payment obligations under the risk participation agreement, the seller is entitled to a pro rata share of the lead participant’s claims against the customer under the terms of the swap agreement.

The following table provides information on the types of credit derivatives sold by us and held on the balance sheet at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. The notional amount represents the maximum amount that the seller could be required to pay. The payment/performance risk assessment is based on the default probabilities for the underlying reference entities’ debt obligations using a Moody’s credit ratings matrix known as Moody’s “Idealized” Cumulative Default Rates. The payment/performance risk shown in the table represents a weighted-average of the default probabilities for all reference entities in the respective portfolios. These default probabilities are directly correlated to the probability that we will have to make a payment under the credit derivative contracts.

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Notional
Amount
Average
Term
(Years)
Payment /
Performance
Risk
Notional
Amount
Average
Term
(Years)
Payment /
Performance
Risk
Notional
Amount
Average
Term
(Years)
Payment /
Performance
Risk

Single-name credit default swaps

$ 5 .22 .87 %

Other

$ 25 16.60 8.95 % $ 5 2.67 14.46 % 6 2.51 8.36

Total credit derivatives sold

$ 25 $ 5 $ 11

Credit Risk Contingent Features

We have entered into certain derivative contracts that require us to post collateral to the counterparties when these contracts are in a net liability position. The amount of collateral to be posted is based on the amount of the net liability and thresholds generally related to our long-term senior unsecured credit ratings with Moody’s and S&P. Collateral requirements also are based on minimum transfer amounts, which are specific to each Credit Support Annex (a component of the ISDA Master Agreement) that we have signed with the counterparties. In a limited number of instances, counterparties have the right to terminate their ISDA Master Agreements with us if our ratings fall below a certain level, usually investment-grade level (i.e., “Baa3” for Moody’s and “BBB-” for S&P). At June 30, 2016, KeyBank’s rating was “A3” with Moody’s and “A-” with S&P, and KeyCorp’s rating was “Baa1” with Moody’s and “BBB+” with S&P. As of June 30, 2016, the aggregate fair value of all derivative contracts with credit risk contingent features (i.e., those containing collateral posting or termination provisions based on our ratings) held by KeyBank that were in a net liability position totaled $261 million, which includes $241 million in derivative assets and $502 million in derivative liabilities. We had $265 million in cash and securities collateral posted to cover those positions as of June 30, 2016. The aggregate fair value of all derivative contracts with credit risk contingent features held by KeyCorp as of June 30, 2016, that were in a net liability position totaled $12 million, which consists solely of derivative liabilities. We had $12 million in collateral posted to cover those positions as of June 30, 2016.

The following table summarizes the additional cash and securities collateral that KeyBank would have been required to deliver under the ISDA Master Agreements had the credit risk contingent features been triggered for the derivative contracts in a net liability position as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. The additional collateral amounts were calculated based on scenarios under which KeyBank’s ratings are downgraded one, two, or three ratings as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, and take into account all collateral already posted. A similar calculation was

58


Table of Contents

performed for KeyCorp, and no additional collateral would have been required as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, or June 30, 2015. For more information about the credit ratings for KeyBank and KeyCorp, see the discussion under the heading “Factors affecting liquidity” in the section entitled “Liquidity risk management” in Item 2 of this report.

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

in millions

Moody’s S&P Moody’s S&P Moody’s S&P

KeyBank’s long-term senior unsecured credit ratings

A3 A- A3 A- A3 A-

One rating downgrade

$ 2 $ 2 $ 2 $ 2 $ 4 $ 4

Two rating downgrades

2 2 2 2 4 4

Three rating downgrades

2 2 4 4 6 6

KeyBank’s long-term senior unsecured credit rating was four ratings above noninvestment grade at Moody’s and S&P as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. If KeyBank’s ratings had been downgraded below investment grade as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, or June 30, 2015, payments of up to $3 million, $5 million, and $7 million, respectively, would have been required to either terminate the contracts or post additional collateral for those contracts in a net liability position, taking into account all collateral already posted. If KeyCorp’s ratings had been downgraded below investment grade as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, payments of less than $1 million would have been required to either terminate the contracts or post additional collateral for those contracts in a net liability position, taking into account all collateral already posted.

59


Table of Contents

8. Mortgage Servicing Assets

We originate and periodically sell commercial mortgage loans but continue to service those loans for the buyers. We also may purchase the right to service commercial mortgage loans for other lenders. We record a servicing asset if we purchase or retain the right to service loans in exchange for servicing fees that exceed the going market servicing rate and are considered more than adequate compensation for servicing. Mortgage servicing assets are recorded as a component of “accrued income and other assets” on the balance sheet. Changes in the carrying amount of mortgage servicing assets are summarized as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Balance at beginning of period

$ 318 $ 324 $ 321 $ 323

Servicing retained from loan sales

15 18 22 28

Purchases

10 12 25

Amortization

(10 ) (23 ) (32 ) (47 )

Balance at end of period

$ 323 $ 329 $ 323 $ 329

Fair value at end of period

$ 404 $ 423 $ 404 $ 423

The fair value of mortgage servicing assets is determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows associated with servicing the loans. This calculation uses a number of assumptions that are based on current market conditions. The range and weighted-average of the significant unobservable inputs used to fair value our mortgage servicing assets at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, along with the valuation techniques, are shown in the following table:

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range

(Weighted-Average)

Mortgage servicing assets

Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed 1.50 - 17.50% (4.20%)
Expected defaults 1.00 - 3.00% (1.60%)
Residual cash flows discount rate 7.00 - 15.00% (7.90%)
Escrow earn rate 0.90 - 3.00% (2.10%)
Servicing cost $150 - $2,700 ($1,136)
Loan assumption rate 0.00 - 3.00% (1.27%)
Percentage late 0.00 - 2.10% (0.34%)

December 31, 2015

dollars in millions

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range

(Weighted-Average)

Mortgage servicing assets

Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed 1.90 - 17.20% (4.60%)
Expected defaults 1.00 - 3.00% (1.70%)
Residual cash flows discount rate 7.00 - 15.00% (7.80%)
Escrow earn rate 1.00 - 3.50% (2.30%)
Servicing cost $150 - $2,700 ($1,215)
Loan assumption rate 0.00 - 3.00% (1.34%)
Percentage late 0.00 - 2.00% (0.33%)

June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Valuation Technique

Significant

Unobservable Input

Range

(Weighted-Average)

Mortgage servicing assets

Discounted cash flow Prepayment speed 1.70 - 14.90% (4.70%)
Expected defaults 1.00 - 3.00% (1.80%)
Residual cash flows discount rate 7.00 - 15.00% (7.80%)
Escrow earn rate 0.70 - 3.30% (2.00%)
Servicing cost $150 - $2,750 ($1,088)
Loan assumption rate 0.20 - 3.00% (1.41%)
Percentage late 0.00 - 2.00% (0.32%)

If these economic assumptions change or prove incorrect, the fair value of mortgage servicing assets may also change. Expected credit losses, escrow earn rates, and discount rates are critical to the valuation of servicing assets. Estimates of these assumptions are based on how a market participant would view the respective rates and reflect historical data associated with the loans, industry trends, and other considerations. Actual rates may differ from those estimated due to changes in a variety of economic factors. A decrease in the value assigned to the escrow earn rates would cause a decrease in the fair value of our mortgage servicing assets. An increase in the assumed default rates of commercial mortgage loans or an increase in the assigned discount rates would cause a decrease in the fair value of our mortgage servicing assets.

We have elected to account for servicing assets using the amortization method. The amortization of servicing assets is determined in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated net servicing income. The amortization of servicing assets

60


Table of Contents

for each period, as shown in the table at the beginning of this note, is recorded as a reduction to contractual fee income. The contractual fee income from servicing commercial mortgage loans totaled $66 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, and $69 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2015. This fee income was offset by $44 million of amortization for the six-month period ended June 30, 2016, and $47 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2015. Both the contractual fee income and the amortization are recorded, net, in “mortgage servicing fees” on the income statement.

Additional information pertaining to the accounting for mortgage and other servicing assets is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Servicing Assets” on page 127 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

61


Table of Contents

9. Variable Interest Entities

A VIE is a partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other legal entity that meets any one of the following criteria:

The entity does not have sufficient equity to conduct its activities without additional subordinated financial support from another party.

The entity’s investors lack the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance.

The entity’s equity at risk holders do not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive residual returns.

The voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their economic interests in the entity, and substantially all of the entity’s activities involve, or are conducted on behalf of, investors with disproportionately few voting rights.

Our significant VIEs are summarized below. We define a “significant interest” in a VIE as a subordinated interest that exposes us to a significant portion, but not the majority, of the VIE’s expected losses or residual returns, even though we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. KCC and KPP principal investments are newly assessed VIEs under the amended consolidation guidance. Additional information on the amended consolidation guidance is provided in Note 1 (“Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies”).

LIHTC investments. Through KCDC, we have made investments directly and indirectly in LIHTC operating partnerships formed by third parties. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, we are allocated tax credits and deductions associated with the underlying properties. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments because the general partners have the power to direct the activities that most significantly influence the economic performance of their respective partnerships and have the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive residual returns. As we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments, we do not consolidate them.

Our maximum exposure to loss in connection with these partnerships consists of our unamortized investment balance plus any unfunded equity commitments and tax credits claimed but subject to recapture. We had $1 billion, $1.1 billion, and $996 million of investments in LIHTC operating partnerships at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. These investments are recorded in “accrued income and other assets” on our balance sheet. We do not have any loss reserves recorded related to these investments because we believe the likelihood of any loss is remote. For all legally binding unfunded equity commitments, we increase our recognized investment and recognize a liability. As of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, we had liabilities of $383 million, $410 million, and $333 million, respectively, related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects, which are recorded in “accrued expenses and other liabilities” on our balance sheet. We continue to invest in these LIHTC operating partnerships.

The assets and liabilities presented in the table below convey the size of KCDC’s direct and indirect investments at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. As these investments represent unconsolidated VIEs, the assets and liabilities of the investments themselves are not recorded on our balance sheet. During 2015, we noted that not all of KCDC’s unconsolidated VIEs were captured in the table below. As a result, the amounts in the table were revised to incorporate all of KCDC’s unconsolidated VIEs for the quarter ended June 30, 2015. Because our LIHTC investments were appropriately accounted for, these revisions did not impact our financial condition or results of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.

Unconsolidated VIEs

in millions

Total
Assets
Total
Liabilities
Maximum
Exposure to Loss

June 30, 2016

LIHTC investments

$ 4,650 $ 1,909 $ 1,232

December 31, 2015

LIHTC investments

$ 4,914 $ 1,368 $ 1,332

June 30, 2015

LIHTC investments

$ 3,338 $ 552 $ 1,175

62


Table of Contents

We amortize our LIHTC investments over the period that we expect to receive the tax benefits. During the first six months of 2016, we recognized $64 million of amortization and $67 million of tax credits associated with these investments within “income taxes” on our income statement. During the first six months of 2015, we recognized $56 million of amortization and $64 million of tax credits associated with these investments within “income taxes” on our income statement.

Principal investments. Through our principal investing entity, KCC, we have made investments in private equity funds engaged in venture- and growth-oriented investing. As a limited partner to these funds, KCC records these investments at fair value and receives distributions from the funds in accordance with the funds’ partnership agreements. We are not the primary beneficiary of these investments as we do not hold the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the funds’ economic performance. Such power rests with the funds’ general partners. In addition, we neither have the obligation to absorb the funds’ expected losses nor the right to receive their residual returns. Our voting rights are also disproportionate to our economic interests, and substantially all of the funds’ activities are conducted on behalf of investors with disproportionally few voting rights. Because we are not the primary beneficiary of these investments, we do not consolidate them.

Our maximum exposure to loss associated with indirect principal investments consists of the investments’ fair value plus any unfunded equity commitments. The fair value of our indirect principal investments totaled $184 million, $235 million, and $282 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. These investments are recorded in “other investments” on our balance sheet. Additional information on indirect principal investments is provided in Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”). The table below reflects the size of the private equity funds in which KCC was invested as well as our maximum exposure to loss in connection with these investments at June 30, 2016.

Unconsolidated VIEs

in millions

Total
Assets
Total
Liabilities
Maximum
Exposure to Loss

June 30, 2016

KCC indirect investments

$ 32,861 $ 203 $ 228

Other unconsolidated VIEs. We are involved with other various entities in the normal course of business that we have determined to be VIEs. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships because the general partners have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Our assets associated with these unconsolidated VIEs totaled $142 million at June 30, 2016, $176 million at December 31, 2015, and $194 million at June 30, 2015, and primarily consisted of our investments in these entities. These assets are recorded in “accrued income and other assets,” “other investments,” and “securities available for sale” on our balance sheet. We had no liabilities associated with these unconsolidated VIEs at June 30, 2016, and less than $1 million December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. These liabilities are recorded in “accrued expenses and other liabilities” on our balance sheet.

Consolidated VIEs. Through our principal investing entity, KPP, we have formed and funded operating entities that provide management and other related services to our investment company funds, which directly invest in portfolio companies. In return for providing services to our direct investment funds, these entities’ receive a minority equity interest in the funds. This minority equity ownership is recorded at fair value on the entities’ financial statements. Additional information on our direct principal investments is provided in Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”). While other equity investors manage the daily operations of these entities, we retain the power, through voting rights, to direct the activities of the entities that most significantly impact their economic performance. In addition, we have the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive residual returns that could potentially be significant to these entities. As a result, we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of these funds and have consolidated them since formation. The assets of these KPP entities that can only be used to settle the entities’ obligations totaled $7 million, $7 million, and $6 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. These assets are recorded in “cash and due from banks” and “accrued income and other assets” on our balance sheet. The entities had no liabilities at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, and other equity investors have no recourse to our general credit.

63


Table of Contents

10. Income Taxes

Income Tax Provision

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, the principal method established for computing the provision for income taxes in interim periods requires us to make our best estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full year. This estimated effective tax rate is then applied to interim consolidated pre-tax operating income to determine the interim provision for income taxes.

The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 25.6% for the second quarter of 2016 and 26.3% for the second quarter of 2015. The effective tax rates are below our combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 37.2% primarily due to income from investments in tax-advantaged assets such as corporate-owned life insurance and credits associated with renewable energy and low-income housing investments.

Deferred Tax Asset

At June 30, 2016, from continuing operations, we had a net federal deferred tax asset of $75 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $12 million, compared to a net federal deferred tax asset of $269 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $30 million at December 31, 2015, and a net federal deferred tax asset of $195 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $24 million at June 30, 2015, included in “accrued income and other assets” on the balance sheet. To determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized, and therefore recorded, we conduct a quarterly assessment of all available evidence. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, taxable income in prior periods, projected future taxable income, and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a degree of subjectivity and may undergo change. Based on these criteria, we had a valuation allowance of less than $1 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, associated with certain state net operating loss carryforwards and state credit carryforwards.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

As permitted under the applicable accounting guidance for income taxes, it is our policy to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Deferred tax assets were reduced in the financial statements for unrecognized tax benefits by $2.7 million at June 30, 2016, $2.7 million at December 31, 2015, and less than $1 million at June 30, 2015.

64


Table of Contents

11. Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations

Acquisitions

First Niagara Financial Group, Inc. As previously disclosed, on October 30, 2015, KeyCorp entered into a definitive agreement and plan of merger (“Agreement”) to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of First Niagara, headquartered in Buffalo, New York. Under the terms of the Agreement, at the effective time of the merger, each share of First Niagara common stock is converted into the right to receive (i) 0.680 of a share of KeyCorp common stock and (ii) $2.30 in cash. The exchange ratio of KeyCorp stock for First Niagara stock is fixed and does not adjust based on changes in KeyCorp’s share trading price. First Niagara equity awards outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger are converted into equity awards for KeyCorp common stock as provided in the Agreement. Each share of First Niagara’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, is converted into a share of a newly created series of preferred stock of KeyCorp having substantially the same terms as First Niagara’s preferred stock.

On April 28, 2016, KeyCorp and First Niagara entered into an agreement with Northwest Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., to sell 18 branches in the Buffalo, New York market. The branches are being divested in connection with the merger between First Niagara and KeyCorp and pursuant to an agreement with the United States Department of Justice and commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System following a customary antitrust review in connection with the merger. On July 12, 2016, KeyCorp received regulatory approval from the Federal Reserve to complete the merger with First Niagara.

On August 1, 2016, First Niagara merged with and into KeyCorp, with KeyCorp as the surviving entity. The total consideration for the transaction was approximately $4.0 billion.

As of June 30, 2016, First Niagara, headquartered in Buffalo, New York, had approximately 390 branches with $40 billion of total assets and $29 billion of deposits.

Discontinued operations

Education lending. In September 2009, we decided to exit the government-guaranteed education lending business. As a result, we have accounted for this business as a discontinued operation.

As of January 1, 2010, we consolidated our 10 outstanding education lending securitization trusts since we held the residual interests and are the master servicer with the power to direct the activities that most significantly influence the economic performance of the trusts.

On September 30, 2014, we sold the residual interests in all of our outstanding education lending securitization trusts to a third party for $57 million. In selling the residual interests, we no longer have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits related to the securitization trusts. Therefore, in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we deconsolidated the securitization trusts and removed trust assets of $1.7 billion and trust liabilities of $1.6 billion from our balance sheet at September 30, 2014. We continue to service the securitized loans in eight of the securitization trusts and receive servicing fees, whereby we are adequately compensated, as well as remain a counterparty to derivative contracts with three of the securitization trusts. We retained interests in the securitization trusts through our ownership of an insignificant percentage of certificates in two of the securitization trusts and two interest-only strips in one of the securitization trusts. These retained interests were remeasured at fair value on September 30, 2014, and their fair value of $1 million was recorded in “discontinued assets” on our balance sheet. These assets were valued using a similar approach and inputs that have been used to value the education loan securitization trust loans and securities, which are further discussed later in this note.

“Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes” on the income statement includes (i) the changes in fair value of the portfolio loans at fair value (discussed later in this note), and (ii) the interest income and expense from the loans in portfolio at both amortized cost and fair value. These amounts are shown separately in the following table. Gains and losses attributable to changes in fair value are recorded as a component of “noninterest income” or “noninterest expense.” Interest income and interest expense related to the loans and securities are included as components of “net interest income.”

65


Table of Contents

The components of “income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes” for the education lending business are as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Net interest income

$ 7 $ 10 $ 14 $ 20

Provision for credit losses

2 2

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

7 10 12 18

Noninterest income

2 (1 ) 3 3

Noninterest expense

4 4 9 8

Income (loss) before income taxes

5 5 6 13

Income taxes

2 2 2 5

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

$ 3 $ 3 $ 4 $ 8

(a) Includes after-tax charges of $6 million and $5 million for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively, and $12 million and $11 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively, determined by applying a matched funds transfer pricing methodology to the liabilities assumed necessary to support the discontinued operations.

The discontinued assets of our education lending business included on the balance sheet are as follows. There were no discontinued liabilities for the periods presented below.

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Held-to-maturity securities

$ 1 $ 1 $ 1

Portfolio loans at fair value

3 4

Loans, net of unearned income (a)

1,689 1,824 1,962

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

20 28 22

Net loans

1,672 1,800 1,940

Portfolio loans held for sale at fair value

179

Accrued income and other assets

29 30 34

Total assets

$ 1,702 $ 1,831 $ 2,154

(a) At June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, unearned income was less than $1 million.

The discontinued education lending business consisted of loans in portfolio (recorded at fair value) and loans in portfolio (recorded at carrying value with appropriate valuation reserves). As of June 30, 2015, we decided to sell the portfolio loans that are recorded at fair value, which were subsequently sold during the fourth quarter of 2015.

At June 30, 2016, education loans included 2,077 TDRs with a recorded investment of approximately $22 million (pre-modification and post-modification). A specifically allocated allowance of $2 million was assigned to these loans as of June 30, 2016. At December 31, 2015, education loans included 1,901 TDRs with a recorded investment of approximately $21 million (pre-modification and post-modification). A specifically allocated allowance of $2 million was assigned to these loans as of December 31, 2015. At June 30, 2015, education loans included 1,767 TDRs with a recorded investment of approximately $19 million (pre-modification and post-modification). A specifically allocated allowance of $1 million was assigned to these loans at June 30, 2015. There have been no significant payment defaults. There are no significant commitments outstanding to lend additional funds to these borrowers. Additional information regarding TDR classification and ALLL methodology is provided in Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).

On June 27, 2014, we purchased the private loans from one of the education loan securitization trusts through the execution of a clean-up call option. The trust used the cash proceeds from the sale of these loans to retire the outstanding securities related to these private loans, and there are no future commitments or obligations to the holders of the securities. The portfolio loans were valued using an internal discounted cash flow method, which was affected by assumptions for defaults, expected credit losses, discount rates, and prepayments. The portfolio loans are considered to be Level 3 assets since we rely on unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

In June 2015, we transferred $179 million of loans that were previously purchased from three of the outstanding securitizations trusts pursuant to the legal terms of those particular trusts to held for sale and accounted for them at fair value. These portfolio loans held for sale were valued based on indicative bids to sell the loans. These portfolio loans were previously valued using an internal discounted cash flow model, which was affected by assumptions for defaults, loss severity, discount rates, and prepayments. These loans were considered Level 3 assets since we relied on unobservable inputs when determining their fair value. Our valuation process for these loans prior to June 2015 is discussed in more detail

66


Table of Contents

below. On October 29, 2015, government-guaranteed loans were sold for $117 million. On December 8, 2015, private loans were sold for $45 million. The gain on the sales of these loans was $1 million. The remaining portfolio loans held for sale, totaling $4 million, were reclassified to portfolio loans at fair value at December 31, 2015. Portfolio loans accounted for at fair value were $3 million at June 30, 2016.

Corporate Treasury, within our Finance area, was responsible for the quarterly valuation process that previously determined the fair value of our student loans held in portfolio that were accounted for at fair value. Corporate Treasury provided these fair values to a Working Group Committee (the “Working Group”) comprising representatives from the line of business, Credit and Market Risk Management, Accounting, Business Finance (part of our Finance area), and Corporate Treasury. The Working Group was a subcommittee of the Fair Value Committee that is discussed in more detail in Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”). The Working Group reviewed all significant inputs and assumptions and approved the resulting fair values.

The Working Group reviewed actual performance trends of the loans on a quarterly basis and used statistical analysis and qualitative measures to determine assumptions for future performance. Predictive models that incorporate delinquency and charge-off trends along with economic outlooks assisted the Working Group to forecast future defaults. The Working Group used this information to formulate the credit outlook related to the loans. Higher projected defaults, fewer expected recoveries, elevated prepayment speeds, and higher discount rates would be expected to result in a lower fair value of the portfolio loans. Default expectations and discount rate changes had the most significant impact on the fair values of the loans. Increased cash flow uncertainty, whether through higher defaults and prepayments or fewer recoveries, can result in higher discount rates for use in the fair value process for these loans.

The valuation process for the portfolio loans that were accounted for at fair value was based on a discounted cash flow analysis using a model purchased from a third party and maintained by Corporate Treasury. The valuation process began with loan-level data that was aggregated into pools based on underlying loan structural characteristics (i.e., current unpaid principal balance, contractual term, interest rate). Cash flows for these loan pools were developed using a financial model that reflected certain assumptions for defaults, recoveries, status changes, and prepayments. A net earnings stream, taking into account cost of funding, was calculated and discounted back to the measurement date using an appropriate discount rate. This resulting amount was used to determine the present value of the loans, which represented their fair value to a market participant.

The unobservable inputs set forth in the following table were reviewed and approved by the Working Group on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2015, the portfolio loans accounted for at fair value were valued based on the indicative bids we received when we sold $162 million of these loans in late 2015.

A quarterly variance analysis reconciled valuation changes in the model used to calculate the fair value of the portfolio loans at fair value. This quarterly analysis considered loan run-off, yields, and future default and recovery changes. We also performed back-testing to compare expected defaults to actual experience; the impact of future defaults could significantly affect the fair value of these loans over time. In addition, our internal model validation group periodically performed a review to ensure the accuracy and validity of the model for determining the fair value of these loans.

67


Table of Contents

The following table shows the significant unobservable inputs used to measure the fair value of the portfolio loans accounted for at fair value as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015:

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Fair Value of Level 3
Assets and Liabilities
Valuation
Technique
Significant
Unobservable Input
Range
(Weighted-Average)

Portfolio loans accounted for at fair value

$ 3 Market approach Indicative bids 84.50-104.00 %

December 31, 2015

dollars in millions

Fair Value of Level 3
Assets and Liabilities
Valuation
Technique
Significant
Unobservable Input
Range
(Weighted-Average)

Portfolio loans accounted for at fair value

$ 4 Market approach Indicative bids 84.50-104.00 %

June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Fair Value of Level 3
Assets and Liabilities
Valuation
Technique
Significant
Unobservable Input
Range
(Weighted-Average)

Portfolio loans held for sale accounted for at fair value

$ 179 Market approach Indicative bids 88.24-105.55 %

The following table shows the principal and fair value amounts for our portfolio loans at carrying value and portfolio loans at fair value at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015. Our policies for determining past due loans, placing loans on nonaccrual, applying payments on nonaccrual loans, and resuming accrual of interest are disclosed in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Nonperforming Loans” beginning on page 121 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

in millions

Principal Fair Value Principal Fair Value Principal Fair Value

Portfolio loans at carrying value

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

$ 21 N/A $ 26 N/A $ 26 N/A

Loans placed on nonaccrual status

5 N/A 8 N/A 6 N/A

Portfolio loans at fair value

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

$ 1 $ 1

Loans placed on nonaccrual status

Portfolio loans held for sale at fair value

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

$ 5 $ 5

68


Table of Contents

The following table shows the portfolio loans at fair value and their related contractual amounts as of June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

in millions

Contractual
Amount
Fair
Value
Contractual
Amount
Fair
Value
Contractual
Amount
Fair
Value

ASSETS

Portfolio loans

$ 3 $ 3 $ 4 $ 4

Portfolio loans held for sale

$ 179 $ 179

The following tables present the assets of the portfolio loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.

June 30, 2016

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Portfolio loans

$ 3 $ 3

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 3 $ 3

December 31, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Portfolio loans

$ 4 $ 4

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 4 $ 4

June 30, 2015

in millions

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

ASSETS MEASURED ON A RECURRING BASIS

Portfolio loans held for sale

$ 179 $ 179

Total assets on a recurring basis at fair value

$ 179 $ 179

The following table shows the change in the fair values of the Level 3 portfolio loans held for sale, portfolio loans, and consolidated education loan securitization trusts for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

in millions

Portfolio
Student
Loans
Held
For Sale
Portfolio
Student
Loans

Balance at December 31, 2015

$ 4

Settlements

(1 )

Balance at June 30, 2016 (a)

$ 3

Balance at March 31, 2016

$ 3

Settlements

Balance at June 30, 2016

$ 3

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ 191

Gains (losses) recognized in earnings (b)

1

Settlements

(13 )

Loans transferred to held for sale

$ 179 (179 )

Balance at June 30, 2015 (a)

$ 179

Balance at March 31, 2015

$ 187

Gains (losses) recognized in earnings (b)

(2 )

Settlements

(6 )

Loans transferred to held for sale

$ 179 (179 )

Balance at June 30, 2015 (a)

$ 179

(a) There were no purchases, sales, issuances, gains (losses) recognized in earnings, transfers into Level 3, or transfers out of Level 3 for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2016. There were no purchases, sales, issuances, transfers into Level 3, or transfers out of Level 3 for the three- and six-month periods ended and June 30, 2015.

69


Table of Contents
(b) Gains (losses) were driven primarily by fair value adjustments.

Austin Capital Management, Ltd. In April 2009, we decided to wind down the operations of Austin, a subsidiary that specialized in managing hedge fund investments for institutional customers. As a result, we have accounted for this business as a discontinued operation.

There was no income related to Austin for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

The discontinued assets of Austin included on the balance sheet are as follows. There were no discontinued liabilities for the periods presented below.

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Cash and due from banks

$ 15 $ 15 $ 15

Total assets

$ 15 $ 15 $ 15

Combined discontinued operations. The combined results of the discontinued operations are as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Net interest income

$ 7 $ 10 $ 14 $ 20

Provision for credit losses

2 2

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

7 10 12 18

Noninterest income

2 (1 ) 3 3

Noninterest expense

4 4 9 8

Income (loss) before income taxes

5 5 6 13

Income taxes

2 2 2 5

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

$ 3 $ 3 $ 4 $ 8

(a) Includes after-tax charges of $6 million and $5 million for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively, and $12 million and $11 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively, determined by applying a matched funds transfer pricing methodology to the liabilities assumed necessary to support the discontinued operations.

The combined assets of the discontinued operations are as follows. There were no discontinued liabilities for the periods presented below.

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

Cash and due from banks

$ 15 $ 15 $ 15

Held-to-maturity securities

1 1 1

Portfolio loans at fair value

3 4

Loans, net of unearned income (a)

1,689 1,824 1,962

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

20 28 22

Net loans

1,672 1,800 1,940

Portfolio loans held for sale at fair value

179

Accrued income and other assets

29 30 34

Total assets

$ 1,717 $ 1,846 $ 2,169

(a) At June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, unearned income was less than $1 million.

70


Table of Contents

12. Securities Financing Activities

We enter into repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions (securities financing agreements) primarily to finance our inventory positions, acquire securities to cover short positions, and to settle other securities obligations. We account for these securities financing agreements as collateralized financing transactions. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are recorded on the balance sheet at the amounts that the securities will be subsequently sold or repurchased. Securities borrowed transactions are recorded on the balance sheet at the amounts of cash collateral advanced. While our securities financing agreements incorporate a right of set off, the assets and liabilities are reported on a gross basis. Reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions are included in “short-term investments” on the balance sheet; repurchase agreements are included in “federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements.”

The following table summarizes our securities financing agreements at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015:

June 30, 2016

in millions

Gross Amount
Presented in
Balance Sheet
Netting
Adjustments (a)
Collateral (b) Net
Amounts

Offsetting of financial assets:

Reverse repurchase agreements

$ 1 $ (1 )

Total

$ 1 $ (1 )

Offsetting of financial liabilities:

Repurchase agreements (c)

$ 1 $ (1 )

Total

$ 1 $ (1 )

December 31, 2015

in millions

Gross Amount
Presented in
Balance Sheet
Netting
Adjustments (a)
Collateral (b) Net
Amounts

Offsetting of financial assets:

Reverse repurchase agreements

$ 1 $ (1 )

Total

$ 1 $ (1 )

Offsetting of financial liabilities:

Repurchase agreements (c)

Total

June 30, 2015

in millions

Gross Amount
Presented in
Balance Sheet
Netting
Adjustments (a)
Collateral (b) Net
Amounts

Offsetting of financial assets:

Reverse repurchase agreements

$ 3 $ (3 )

Total

$ 3 $ (3 )

Offsetting of financial liabilities:

Repurchase agreements

$ 4 $ (3 ) $ (1 )

Total

$ 4 $ (3 ) $ (1 )

(a) Netting adjustments take into account the impact of master netting agreements that allow us to settle with a single counterparty on a net basis.
(b) These adjustments take into account the impact of bilateral collateral agreements that allow us to offset the net positions with the related collateral. The application of collateral cannot reduce the net position below zero. Therefore, excess collateral, if any, is not reflected above.
(c) Repurchase agreements are collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities and contracted on an overnight basis.

71


Table of Contents

Like other financing transactions, securities financing agreements contain an element of credit risk. To mitigate and manage credit risk exposure, we generally enter into master netting agreements and other collateral arrangements that give us the right, in the event of default, to liquidate collateral held and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. Additionally, we establish and monitor limits on our counterparty credit risk exposure by product type. For the reverse repurchase agreements, we monitor the value of the underlying securities we received from counterparties and either request additional collateral or return a portion of the collateral based on the value of those securities. We generally hold collateral in the form of highly rated securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and fixed income securities. In addition, we may need to provide collateral to counterparties under our repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions. In general, the collateral we pledge and receive can be sold or repledged by the secured parties.

72


Table of Contents

13. Employee Benefits

Pension Plans

Effective December 31, 2009, we amended our cash balance pension plan and other defined benefit plans to freeze all benefit accruals and close the plans to new employees. We will continue to credit participants’ existing account balances for interest until they receive their plan benefits. We changed certain pension plan assumptions after freezing the plans.

The components of net pension cost (benefit) for all funded and unfunded plans are as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Interest cost on PBO

$ 11 $ 10 $ 21 $ 20

Expected return on plan assets

(13 ) (14 ) (26 ) (28 )

Amortization of losses

4 5 8 9

Net pension cost

$ 2 $ 1 $ 3 $ 1

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

We sponsor a retiree healthcare plan that all employees age 55 with five years of service (or employees age 50 with 15 years of service who are terminated under conditions that entitle them to a severance benefit) are eligible to participate. Participant contributions are adjusted annually. We may provide a subsidy toward the cost of coverage for certain employees hired before 2001 with a minimum of 15 years of service at the time of termination. We use a separate VEBA trust to fund the retiree healthcare plan.

The components of net postretirement benefit cost for all funded and unfunded plans are as follows:

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Interest cost on APBO

$ 1 $ 1 $ 2 $ 2

Expected return on plan assets

(1 ) (2 ) (1 )

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit

(1 ) (1 )

Net postretirement benefit cost

73


Table of Contents

14. Trust Preferred Securities Issued by Unconsolidated Subsidiaries

We own the outstanding common stock of business trusts formed by us that issued corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities. The trusts used the proceeds from the issuance of their trust preferred securities and common stock to buy debentures issued by KeyCorp. These debentures are the trusts’ only assets; the interest payments from the debentures finance the distributions paid on the mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities. The outstanding common stock of these business trusts is recorded in “other investments” on our balance sheet.

We unconditionally guarantee the following payments or distributions on behalf of the trusts:

required distributions on the trust preferred securities;

the redemption price when a capital security is redeemed; and

the amounts due if a trust is liquidated or terminated.

The Regulatory Capital Rules, discussed in “Supervision and regulation” in Item 2 of this report, implement a phase-out of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, consistent with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. For “standardized approach” banking organizations such as Key, the phase-out period began on January 1, 2015, and starting in 2016 requires us to treat our mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities as Tier 2 capital.

The trust preferred securities, common stock, and related debentures are summarized as follows:

dollars in millions

Trust Preferred
Securities,
Net of Discount (a)
Common
Stock
Principal
Amount of
Debentures,
Net of Discount (b)
Interest Rate
of Trust Preferred
Securities and
Debentures (c)
Maturity
of Trust Preferred
Securities and
Debentures

June 30, 2016

KeyCorp Capital I

$ 156 $ 6 $ 162 1.365 % 2028

KeyCorp Capital II

117 4 121 6.875 2029

KeyCorp Capital III

151 4 155 7.750 2029

Total

$ 424 $ 14 $ 438 5.159 %

December 31, 2015

$ 408 $ 14 $ 422 4.961 %

June 30, 2015

$ 402 $ 14 $ 416 4.903 %

(a) The trust preferred securities must be redeemed when the related debentures mature, or earlier if provided in the governing indenture. Each issue of trust preferred securities carries an interest rate identical to that of the related debenture. Certain trust preferred securities include basis adjustments related to fair value hedges totaling $84 million at June 30, 2016, $68 million at December 31, 2015, and $62 million at June 30, 2015. See Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”) for an explanation of fair value hedges.
(b) We have the right to redeem these debentures. If the debentures purchased by KeyCorp Capital I are redeemed before they mature, the redemption price will be the principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest. If the debentures purchased by KeyCorp Capital II or KeyCorp Capital III are redeemed before they mature, the redemption price will be the greater of: (i) the principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest, or (ii) the sum of the present values of principal and interest payments discounted at the Treasury Rate (as defined in the applicable indenture), plus 20 basis points for KeyCorp Capital II or 25 basis points for KeyCorp Capital III or 50 basis points in the case of redemption upon either a tax or a capital treatment event for either KeyCorp Capital II or KeyCorp Capital III, plus any accrued but unpaid interest. The principal amount of certain debentures includes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges totaling $84 million at June 30, 2016, $68 million at December 31, 2015, and $62 million at June 30, 2015. See Note 7 for an explanation of fair value hedges. The principal amount of debentures, net of discounts, is included in “long-term debt” on the balance sheet.
(c) The interest rates for the trust preferred securities issued by KeyCorp Capital II and KeyCorp Capital III are fixed. The trust preferred securities issued by KeyCorp Capital I have a floating interest rate, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 74 basis points, that reprices quarterly. The total interest rates are weighted-average rates.

74


Table of Contents

15. Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

Legal Proceedings

See Note 20 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees”) under the heading “Legal Proceedings” on page 211 of our 2015 Form 10-K for a description of a proceeding styled In re: Checking Account Overdraft Litigation.

Other litigation. From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are subject to various other litigation, investigations, and administrative proceedings. Private, civil litigations may range from individual actions involving a single plaintiff to putative class action lawsuits with potentially thousands of class members. Investigations may involve both formal and informal proceedings, by both government agencies and self-regulatory bodies. These other matters may involve claims for substantial monetary relief. At times, these matters may present novel claims or legal theories. Due to the complex nature of these various other matters, it may be years before some matters are resolved. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability, based on information presently known to us, we do not believe there is any other matter to which we are a party, or involving any of our properties that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. We continually monitor and reassess the potential materiality of these other litigation matters. We note, however, that in light of the inherent uncertainty in legal proceedings there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution will not exceed established reserves. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter, or a combination of matters, may be material to our results of operations for a particular period, depending upon the size of the loss or our income for that particular period.

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. The following table shows the types of guarantees that we had outstanding at June 30, 2016. Information pertaining to the basis for determining the liabilities recorded in connection with these guarantees is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Guarantees” beginning on page 130 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

June 30, 2016

in millions

Maximum Potential
Undiscounted
Future Payments
Liability
Recorded

Financial guarantees:

Standby letters of credit

$ 11,140 $ 67

Recourse agreement with FNMA

1,956 4

Return guarantee agreement with LIHTC investors

3 3

Written put options (a)

2,661 47

Total

$ 15,760 $ 121

(a) The maximum potential undiscounted future payments represent notional amounts of derivatives qualifying as guarantees.

We determine the payment/performance risk associated with each type of guarantee described below based on the probability that we could be required to make the maximum potential undiscounted future payments shown in the preceding table. We use a scale of low (0% to 30% probability of payment), moderate (greater than 30% to 70% probability of payment), or high (greater than 70% probability of payment) to assess the payment/performance risk, and have determined that the payment/performance risk associated with each type of guarantee outstanding at June 30, 2016, is low.

Standby letters of credit. KeyBank issues standby letters of credit to address clients’ financing needs. These instruments obligate us to pay a specified third party when a client fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument or fails to perform some contractual nonfinancial obligation. Any amounts drawn under standby letters of credit are treated as loans to the client; they bear interest (generally at variable rates) and pose the same credit risk to us as a loan. At June 30, 2016, our standby letters of credit had a remaining weighted-average life of 2.9 years, with remaining actual lives ranging from less than one year to as many as 11 years.

Recourse agreement with FNMA. We participate as a lender in the FNMA Delegated Underwriting and Servicing program. FNMA delegates responsibility for originating, underwriting, and servicing mortgages, and we assume a limited portion of the risk of loss during the remaining term on each commercial mortgage loan that we sell to FNMA. We maintain a reserve for such potential losses in an amount that we believe approximates the fair value of our liability. At June 30, 2016, the outstanding commercial mortgage loans in this program had a weighted-average remaining term of 7.6 years, and the unpaid

75


Table of Contents

principal balance outstanding of loans sold by us as a participant was $6.7 billion. The maximum potential amount of undiscounted future payments that we could be required to make under this program, as shown in the preceding table, is equal to approximately 30% of the principal balance of loans outstanding at June 30, 2016. If we are required to make a payment, we would have an interest in the collateral underlying the related commercial mortgage loan; any loss we incur could be offset by the amount of any recovery from the collateral.

Return guarantee agreement with LIHTC investors. KAHC, a subsidiary of KeyBank, offered limited partnership interests to qualified investors. Partnerships formed by KAHC invested in low-income residential rental properties that qualify for federal low-income housing tax credits under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. In certain partnerships, investors paid a fee to KAHC for a guaranteed return that is based on the financial performance of the property and the property’s confirmed LIHTC status throughout a 15-year compliance period. Typically, KAHC fulfills these guaranteed returns by distributing tax credits and deductions associated with the specific properties. If KAHC defaults on its obligation to provide the guaranteed return, KeyBank is obligated to make any necessary payments to investors. No recourse or collateral is available to offset our guarantee obligation other than the underlying income streams from the properties and the residual value of the operating partnership interests.

As shown in the previous table, KAHC maintained a reserve in the amount of $3 million at June 30, 2016, which is sufficient to cover estimated future obligations under the guarantees. The maximum exposure to loss reflected in the table represents undiscounted future payments due to investors for the return on and of their investments.

These guarantees have expiration dates that extend through 2018, but KAHC has not formed any new partnerships under this program since October 2003. Additional information regarding these partnerships is included in Note 9 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

Written put options. In the ordinary course of business, we “write” put options for clients that wish to mitigate their exposure to changes in interest rates and commodity prices. At June 30, 2016, our written put options had an average life of 2 years. These instruments are considered to be guarantees, as we are required to make payments to the counterparty (the client) based on changes in an underlying variable that is related to an asset, a liability, or an equity security that the client holds. We are obligated to pay the client if the applicable benchmark interest rate or commodity price is above or below a specified level (known as the “strike rate”). These written put options are accounted for as derivatives at fair value, as further discussed in Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”). We mitigate our potential future payment obligations by entering into offsetting positions with third parties.

Written put options where the counterparty is a broker-dealer or bank are accounted for as derivatives at fair value but are not considered guarantees since these counterparties typically do not hold the underlying instruments. In addition, we are a purchaser and seller of credit derivatives, which are further discussed in Note 7.

Default guarantees. Some lines of business participate in guarantees that obligate us to perform if the debtor (typically a client) fails to satisfy all of its payment obligations to third parties. We generally undertake these guarantees for one of two possible reasons: (i) either the risk profile of the debtor should provide an investment return, or (ii) we are supporting our underlying investment in the debtor. We do not hold collateral for the default guarantees. If we were required to make a payment under a guarantee, we would receive a pro rata share should the third party collect some or all of the amounts due from the debtor. At June 30, 2016, we had $1 million of default guarantees.

Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Other off-balance sheet risk stems from financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee as specified in the applicable accounting guidance, and from other relationships.

Indemnifications provided in the ordinary course of business. We provide certain indemnifications, primarily through representations and warranties in contracts that we execute in the ordinary course of business in connection with loan and lease sales and other ongoing activities, as well as in connection with purchases and sales of businesses. We maintain reserves, when appropriate, with respect to liability that reasonably could arise as a result of these indemnities.

Intercompany guarantees. KeyCorp, KeyBank, and certain of our affiliates are parties to various guarantees that facilitate the ongoing business activities of other affiliates. These business activities encompass issuing debt, assuming certain lease and insurance obligations, purchasing or issuing investments and securities, and engaging in certain leasing transactions involving clients.

76


Table of Contents

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Our changes in AOCI for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, are as follows:

in millions

Unrealized gains
(losses) on securities
available for sale
Unrealized gains
(losses) on derivative
financial instruments
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment
Net pension and
postretirement
benefit costs
Total

Balance at December 31, 2015

$ (58 ) $ 20 $ (2 ) $ (365 ) $ (405 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of income taxes

187 121 7 (2 ) 313

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes (a)

(27 ) 5 (22 )

Net current-period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

187 94 7 3 291

Balance at June 30, 2016

$ 129 $ 114 $ 5 $ (362 ) $ (114 )

Balance at March 31, 2016

$ 70 $ 78 $ 3 $ (364 ) $ (213 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of income taxes

59 49 2 110

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes (a)

(13 ) 2 (11 )

Net current-period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

59 36 2 2 99

Balance at June 30, 2016

$ 129 $ 114 $ 5 $ (362 ) $ (114 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ (4 ) $ (8 ) $ 22 $ (366 ) $ (356 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of income taxes

3 42 (14 ) 31

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes (a)

1 (27 ) 1 5 (20 )

Net current-period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

4 15 (13 ) 5 11

Balance at June 30, 2015

$ 7 $ 9 $ (361 ) $ (345 )

Balance at March 31, 2015

$ 51 $ 24 $ 9 $ (363 ) $ (279 )

Other comprehensive income before reclassification, net of income taxes

(52 ) (3 ) (1 ) (56 )

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes (a)

1 (14 ) 1 2 (10 )

Net current-period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

(51 ) (17 ) 2 (66 )

Balance at June 30, 2015

$ 7 $ 9 $ (361 ) $ (345 )

(a) See table below for details about these reclassifications.

Our reclassifications out of AOCI for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, are as follows:

77


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Amount Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income

Affected Line Item in the Statement

Where Net Income is Presented

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

Interest rate

$ 45 Interest income — Loans

Interest rate

(2 ) Interest expense — Long-term debt

43 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
16 Income taxes

$ 27 Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs

Amortization of losses

$ (8 ) Personnel expense

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit

Personnel expense

(8 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
(3 ) Income taxes

$ (5 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Three months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Amount Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income

Affected Line Item in the Statement

Where Net Income is Presented

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

Interest rate

$ 22 Interest income — Loans

Interest rate

(1 ) Interest expense — Long-term debt

21 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
8 Income taxes

$ 13 Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs Amortization of losses

$ (4 ) Personnel expense

(4 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
(2 ) Income taxes

$ (2 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

78


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30, 2015

in millions

Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income

Affected Line Item in the Statement

Where Net Income is Presented

Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities

Realized losses

$ (1 ) Other income

(1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes

$ (1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

Interest rate

$ 45 Interest income — Loans

Interest rate

(2 ) Interest expense — Long-term debt

43 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
16 Income taxes

$ 27 Income (loss) from continuing operations

Foreign currency translation adjustment

$ (1 ) Corporate services income

(1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes

$ (1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs

Amortization of losses

$ (9 ) Personnel expense

Amortization of prior service credit

1 Personnel expense

(8 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
(3 ) Income taxes

$ (5 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Three months ended June 30, 2015

in millions

Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income

Affected Line Item in the Statement

Where Net Income is Presented

Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities

Realized losses

$ (1 ) Other income

(1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes

$ (1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

Interest rate

$ 23 Interest income — Loans

Interest rate

(1 ) Interest expense — Long term debt

22 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
8 Income taxes

$ 14 Income (loss) from continuing operations

Foreign currency translation adjustment

$ (1 ) Corporate services income

(1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes

$ (1 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net pension and postretirement benefit costs

Amortization of losses

$ (5 ) Personnel expense

Amortization of prior service credit

1 Personnel expense

(4 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
(2 ) Income taxes

$ (2 ) Income (loss) from continuing operations

79


Table of Contents

17. Shareholders’ Equity

Comprehensive Capital Plan

As previously reported and as authorized by the Board and pursuant to our 2015 capital plan (which was effective through the second quarter of 2016) submitted to and not objected to by the Federal Reserve, we had authority to repurchase up to $725 million of our common shares, which include repurchases to offset issuances of common shares under our employee compensation plans. Common share repurchases were suspended in the fourth quarter of 2015 in connection with the announcement of our acquisition of First Niagara.

On June 29, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to our 2016 capital plan submitted as part of the annual CCAR process. Share repurchases of up to $350 million were included in the 2016 capital plan, which is effective through the second quarter of 2017. We anticipate repurchasing common shares in the third quarter of 2016 plan following the completion of the acquisition of First Niagara.

Our 2015 capital plan proposed an increase in our quarterly common share dividend from $.075 to $.085 per share. This dividend increase was approved in May 2016 by our Board, who subsequently declared a quarterly dividend of $.085 per common share for the second quarter of 2016. Our 2016 capital plan proposed an increase in our quarterly common share dividend, up to $.095 per share, which will be considered by the Board for the second quarter of 2017.

Preferred Stock

We made a quarterly dividend payment of $1.9375 per share, or $5.6 million, on our Series A Preferred Stock during the second quarter of 2016.

First Niagara Merger

As disclosed in Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”), on August 1, 2016, First Niagara merged with and into KeyCorp, with KeyCorp as the surviving entity. At the effective time of the merger, each share of First Niagara common stock is converted into the right to receive (i) 0.680 of a share of KeyCorp common stock and (ii) $2.30 in cash. First Niagara equity awards outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger are converted into equity awards for KeyCorp common stock as provided in the Agreement. Each share of First Niagara’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, is converted into a share of a newly created series of preferred stock of KeyCorp having substantially the same terms as First Niagara’s preferred stock.

80


Table of Contents

18. Line of Business Results

The specific lines of business that constitute each of the major business segments (operating segments) are described below.

Key Community Bank

Key Community Bank serves individuals and small to mid-sized businesses through its 12-state branch network.

Individuals are provided branch-based deposit and investment products, personal finance services, and loans, including residential mortgages, home equity, credit card, and various types of installment loans. In addition, financial, estate and retirement planning, asset management services, and Delaware Trust capabilities are offered to assist high-net-worth clients with their banking, trust, portfolio management, insurance, charitable giving, and related needs.

Small businesses are provided deposit, investment and credit products, and business advisory services. Mid-sized businesses are provided products and services, some of which are delivered by Key Corporate Bank, that include commercial lending, cash management, equipment leasing, investment and employee benefit programs, succession planning, access to capital markets, derivatives, and foreign exchange.

Key Corporate Bank

Key Corporate Bank is a full-service corporate and investment bank focused principally on serving the needs of middle market clients in seven industry sectors: consumer, energy, healthcare, industrial, public sector, real estate, and technology. Key Corporate Bank delivers a broad suite of banking and capital markets products to its clients, including syndicated finance, debt and equity capital markets, commercial payments, equipment finance, commercial mortgage banking, derivatives, foreign exchange, financial advisory, and public finance. Key Corporate Bank is also a significant servicer of commercial mortgage loans and a significant special servicer of CMBS. Key Corporate Bank delivers many of its product capabilities to clients of Key Community Bank.

Other Segments

Other Segments consists of Corporate Treasury, Principal Investing, and various exit portfolios.

Reconciling Items

Total assets included under “Reconciling Items” primarily represent the unallocated portion of nonearning assets of corporate support functions. Charges related to the funding of these assets are part of net interest income and are allocated to the business segments through noninterest expense. Reconciling Items also includes intercompany eliminations and certain items that are not allocated to the business segments because they do not reflect their normal operations including merger-related expense.

The table on the following pages shows selected financial data for our major business segments for the three- and six- month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

The information was derived from the internal financial reporting system that we use to monitor and manage our financial performance. GAAP guides financial accounting, but there is no authoritative guidance for “management accounting” — the way we use our judgment and experience to make reporting decisions. Consequently, the line of business results we report may not be comparable to line of business results presented by other companies.

The selected financial data is based on internal accounting policies designed to compile results on a consistent basis and in a manner that reflects the underlying economics of the businesses. In accordance with our policies:

Net interest income is determined by assigning a standard cost for funds used or a standard credit for funds provided based on their assumed maturity, prepayment, and/or repricing characteristics.

Indirect expenses, such as computer servicing costs and corporate overhead, are allocated based on assumptions regarding the extent that each line of business actually uses the services.

The consolidated provision for credit losses is allocated among the lines of business primarily based on their actual net loan charge-offs, adjusted periodically for loan growth and changes in risk profile. The amount of the consolidated provision is based on the methodology that we use to estimate our consolidated ALLL. This methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” beginning on page 122 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

81


Table of Contents
Income taxes are allocated based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and a blended state income tax rate (net of the federal income tax benefit) of 2.2%.

Capital is assigned to each line of business based on economic equity.

Developing and applying the methodologies that we use to allocate items among our lines of business is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically to reflect enhanced alignment of expense base allocation drivers, changes in the risk profile of a particular business, or changes in our organizational structure.

82


Table of Contents
Three months ended June 30, Key Community Bank Key Corporate Bank

dollars in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income (TE)

$ 391 $ 362 $ 222 $ 228

Noninterest income

207 198 230 250

Total revenue (TE) (a)

598 560 452 478

Provision for credit losses

25 3 30 41

Depreciation and amortization expense

12 14 13 11

Other noninterest expense

432 433 246 245

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes (TE)

129 110 163 181

Allocated income taxes and TE adjustments

48 41 29 50

Income (loss) from continuing operations

81 69 134 131

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income (loss)

81 69 134 131

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

(1 )

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 81 $ 69 $ 135 $ 131

AVERAGE BALANCES (b)

Loans and leases

$ 30,936 $ 30,707 $ 28,607 $ 25,298

Total assets (a)

32,963 32,809 33,909 31,173

Deposits

53,794 50,765 19,129 19,709

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

Net loan charge-offs (b)

$ 17 $ 20 $ 27 $ 12

Return on average allocated equity (b)

11.99 % 10.34 % 26.23 % 29.24 %

Return on average allocated equity

11.99 10.34 26.24 29.24

Average full-time equivalent employees (c)

7,331 7,574 2,138 2,058
Six months ended June 30, Key Community Bank Key Corporate Bank

dollars in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income (TE)

$ 790 $ 720 $ 440 $ 442

Noninterest income

403 388 437 438

Total revenue (TE) (a)

1,193 1,108 877 880

Provision for credit losses

66 32 73 47

Depreciation and amortization expense

25 29 26 20

Other noninterest expense

856 855 469 455

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes (TE)

246 192 309 358

Allocated income taxes and TE adjustments

92 72 57 99

Income (loss) from continuing operations

154 120 252 259

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net income (loss)

154 120 252 259

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

(2 ) 1

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 154 $ 120 $ 254 $ 258

AVERAGE BALANCES (b)

Loans and leases

$ 30,863 $ 30,684 $ 28,164 $ 25,012

Total assets (a)

32,910 32,789 33,661 30,709

Deposits

53,299 50,591 18,602 19,142

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

Net loan charge-offs (b)

$ 40 $ 49 $ 45 $ 8

Return on average allocated equity (b)

11.47 % 8.94 % 24.80 % 28.45 %

Return on average allocated equity

11.47 8.94 24.78 28.45

Average full-time equivalent employees (c)

7,353 7,608 2,132 2,057

(a) Substantially all revenue generated by our major business segments is derived from clients that reside in the United States. Substantially all long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, capitalized software, and goodwill held by our major business segments, are located in the United States.
(b) From continuing operations.
(c) The number of average full-time equivalent employees was not adjusted for discontinued operations.

83


Table of Contents
Other Segments Total Segments Reconciling Items Key
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
$ (11 ) $ (1 ) $ 602 $ 589 $ 3 $ 2 $ 605 $ 591
42 44 479 492 (6 ) (4 ) 473 488

31 43 1,081 1,081 (3 ) (2 ) 1,078 1,079
(3 ) (2 ) 52 42 (1 ) 52 41
1 2 26 27 36 38 62 65
10 10 688 688 1 (42 ) 689 646

23 33 315 324 (40 ) 3 275 327
(2 ) 1 75 92 2 (1 ) 77 91

25 32 240 232 (42 ) 4 198 236
3 3 3 3

25 32 240 232 (39 ) 7 201 239
1 1 1 (1 ) (1 ) 1

$ 24 $ 31 $ 240 $ 231 $ (38 ) $ 7 $ 202 $ 238

$ 1,519 $ 1,903 $ 61,062 $ 57,908 $ 86 $ 70 $ 61,148 $ 57,978
30,121 27,025 96,993 91,007 420 651 97,413 91,658
972 442 73,895 70,916 9 (78 ) 73,904 70,838

$ 3 $ 44 $ 35 (1 ) $ 1 $ 43 $ 36
57.46 % 56.52 % 19.48 % 19.74 % (2.66 )% .27 % 7.18 % 8.90 %
56.12 55.51 19.47 19.72 (2.47 ) .48 7.29 9.01
4 14 9,473 9,646 3,946 3,809 13,419 13,455
Other Segments Total Segments Reconciling Items Key
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
(20 ) $ 3 $ 1,210 $ 1,165 $ 7 $ 3 $ 1,217 $ 1,168
$ 72 106 912 932 (8 ) (7 ) 904 925

52 109 2,122 2,097 (1 ) (4 ) 2,121 2,093
2 (4 ) 141 75 1 141 76
3 5 54 54 72 75 126 129
19 22 1,344 1,332 (16 ) (81 ) 1,328 1,251

28 86 583 636 (57 ) 1 526 637
(11 ) 10 138 181 3 (10 ) 141 171

39 76 445 455 (60 ) 11 385 466
4 8 4 8

39 76 445 455 (56 ) 19 389 474
1 2 (1 ) 3 (1 ) 3

$ 38 $ 74 $ 446 $ 452 $ (56 ) $ 19 $ 390 $ 471

$ 1,561 $ 1,973 $ 60,588 $ 57,669 $ 64 $ 77 $ 60,652 $ 57,746
28,925 26,486 95,496 89,984 449 664 95,945 90,648
864 454 72,765 70,187 (14 ) (80 ) 72,751 70,107

$ 5 $ 7 $ 90 $ 64 $ (1 ) $ 89 $ 64
43.92 % 66.03 % 18.18 % 19.14 % (1.97 )% .38 % 7.02 % 8.82 %
42.69 64.88 18.16 19.12 (1.84 ) .66 7.09 8.97
6 15 9,491 9,680 3,920 3,832 13,411 13,512

84


Table of Contents

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of KeyCorp

We have reviewed the consolidated balance sheets of KeyCorp as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated statements of changes in equity and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of KeyCorp’s management.

We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of KeyCorp as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein) and we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements in our report dated February 24, 2016. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of KeyCorp as of December 31, 2015, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

LOGO

Cleveland, Ohio

August 5, 2016

Ernst & Young LLP

85


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for the quarterly periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the table of contents.

References to our “2015 Form 10-K” refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, which has been filed with the SEC and is available on its website ( www.sec.gov ) and on our website ( www.key.com/ir ).

Terminology

Throughout this discussion, references to “Key,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar terms refer to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries. “KeyCorp” refers solely to the parent holding company, and “KeyBank” refers to KeyCorp’s subsidiary bank, KeyBank National Association.

We want to explain some industry-specific terms at the outset so you can better understand the discussion that follows.

We use the phrase continuing operations in this document to mean all of our businesses other than the education lending business and Austin. The education lending business and Austin have been accounted for as discontinued operations since 2009.

Our exit loan portfolios are separate from our discontinued operations . These portfolios, which are in a run-off mode, stem from product lines we decided to cease because they no longer fit with our corporate strategy. These exit loan portfolios are included in Other Segments.

We engage in capital markets activities primarily through business conducted by our Key Corporate Bank segment . These activities encompass a variety of products and services. Among other things, we trade securities as a dealer, enter into derivative contracts (both to accommodate clients’ financing needs and to mitigate certain risks), and conduct transactions in foreign currencies (both to accommodate clients’ needs and to benefit from fluctuations in exchange rates).

For regulatory purposes, capital is divided into two classes. Federal regulations currently prescribe that at least one-half of a bank or BHC’s total risk-based capital must qualify as Tier 1 capital . Both total and Tier 1 capital serve as bases for several measures of capital adequacy, which is an important indicator of financial stability and condition. As described under the heading “Regulatory capital and liquidity – Capital planning and stress testing” in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation” that begins on page 9 of our 2015 Form 10-K, the regulators are required to conduct a supervisory capital assessment of all BHCs with assets of at least $50 billion, including KeyCorp. As part of this capital adequacy review, banking regulators evaluate a component of Tier 1 capital, known as Common Equity Tier 1 , under the Regulatory Capital Rules . The “Capital” section of this report under the heading “Capital adequacy” provides more information on total capital, Tier 1 capital, and the Regulatory Capital Rules, including Common Equity Tier 1, and describes how these measures are calculated.

Additionally, a comprehensive list of the acronyms and abbreviations used throughout this discussion is included in Note 1 (“Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies”).

86


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

Our financial performance for each of the last five quarters is summarized in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Selected Financial Data

2016 2015 Six months ended June 30,

dollars in millions, except per share amounts

Second First Fourth Third Second 2016 2015

FOR THE PERIOD

Interest income

$ 684 $ 683 $ 673 $ 661 $ 652 $ 1,367 $ 1,288

Interest expense

87 79 71 70 68 166 133

Net interest income

597 604 602 591 584 1,201 1,155

Provision for credit losses

52 89 45 45 41 141 76

Noninterest income

473 431 485 470 488 904 925

Noninterest expense

751 703 736 724 711 1,454 1,380

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

267 243 306 292 320 510 624

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key

199 187 230 222 235 386 463

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

3 1 (4 ) (3 ) 3 4 8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

202 188 226 219 238 390 471

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

193 182 224 216 230 375 452

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

3 1 (4 ) (3 ) 3 4 8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders

196 183 220 213 233 379 460

PER COMMON SHARE

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ .23 $ .22 $ .27 $ .26 $ .27 $ .45 $ .53

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

(.01 ) .01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (b)

.23 .22 .27 .26 .28 .45 .54

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders — assuming dilution

$ .23 $ .22 $ .27 $ .26 $ .27 $ .44 $ .52

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes — assuming dilution (a)

(.01 ) .01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders — assuming dilution (b)

.23 .22 .26 .25 .27 .45 .53

Cash dividends paid

.085 .075 .075 .075 .075 .16 .14

Book value at period end

13.08 12.79 12.51 12.47 12.21 13.08 12.21

Tangible book value at period end

11.81 11.52 11.22 11.17 10.92 11.81 10.92

Market price:

High

13.08 13.37 14.01 15.46 15.70 13.37 15.70

Low

10.21 9.88 12.37 12.65 13.90 9.88 12.04

Close

11.05 11.04 13.19 13.01 15.02 11.05 15.02

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (000)

831,899 827,381 828,206 831,430 839,454 829,640 843,992

Weighted-average common shares and potential common shares outstanding (000) (c)

838,496 835,060 835,939 838,880 846,312 836,778 851,687

AT PERIOD END

Loans

$ 62,098 $ 60,438 $ 59,876 $ 60,085 $ 58,264 $ 62,098 $ 58,264

Earning assets

90,065 87,273 83,780 83,779 82,964 90,065 82,964

Total assets

101,150 98,402 95,131 95,420 94,604 101,150 94,604

Deposits

75,325 73,382 71,046 71,073 70,669 75,325 70,669

Long-term debt

11,388 10,760 10,184 10,308 10,265 11,388 10,265

Key common shareholders’ equity

11,023 10,776 10,456 10,415 10,300 11,023 10,300

Key shareholders’ equity

11,313 11,066 10,746 10,705 10,590 11,313 10,590

PERFORMANCE RATIOS — FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Return on average total assets

.82 % .80 % .97 % .95 % 1.03 % .81 % 1.03 %

Return on average common equity

7.15 6.86 8.51 8.30 8.96 7.01 8.86

Return on average tangible common equity (d)

7.94 7.64 9.50 9.27 10.01 7.79 9.91

Net interest margin (TE)

2.76 2.89 2.87 2.87 2.88 2.83 2.89

Cash efficiency ratio (d)

69.0 66.6 66.4 66.9 65.1 67.8 65.1

PERFORMANCE RATIOS — FROM CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

Return on average total assets

.82 % .79 % .93 % .92 % 1.02 % .80 % 1.02 %

Return on average common equity

7.26 6.90 8.36 8.19 9.07 7.08 9.01

Return on average tangible common equity (d)

8.06 7.68 9.33 9.14 10.14 7.87 10.08

Net interest margin (TE)

2.74 2.83 2.84 2.84 2.85 2.80 2.86

Loan-to-deposit (e)

85.3 85.7 87.8 89.3 87.3 85.3 87.3

CAPITAL RATIOS AT PERIOD END

Key shareholders’ equity to assets

11.18 % 11.25 % 11.30 % 11.22 % 11.19 % 11.18 % 11.19 %

Key common shareholders’ equity to assets

10.90 10.95 10.99 10.91 10.89 10.90 10.89

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (d)

9.95 9.97 9.98 9.90 9.86 9.95 9.86

Common Equity Tier 1 (d)

11.10 11.07 10.94 10.47 10.71 11.10 10.71

Tier 1 risk-based capital

11.41 11.38 11.35 10.87 11.11 11.41 11.11

Total risk-based capital

13.63 13.12 12.97 12.47 12.66 13.63 12.66

Leverage

10.59 10.73 10.72 10.68 10.74 10.59 10.74

TRUST AND BROKERAGE ASSETS

Assets under management

$ 34,535 $ 34,107 $ 33,983 $ 35,158 $ 38,399 $ 34,535 $ 38,399

Nonmanaged and brokerage assets

52,102 49,474 47,681 46,796 48,789 52,102 48,789

OTHER DATA

Average full-time-equivalent employees

13,419 13,403 13,359 13,555 13,455 13,411 13,512

Branches

949 961 966 972 989 949 989

(a) In September 2009, we decided to discontinue the education lending business conducted through Key Education Resources, the education payment and financing unit of KeyBank. As a result of this decision, we have accounted for this business as a discontinued operation. For further discussion regarding the income (loss) from discontinued operations, see Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”).
(b) EPS may not foot due to rounding.
(c) Assumes conversion of common share options and other stock awards and/or convertible preferred stock, as applicable.
(d) See Figure 7 entitled “GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity,” “Common Equity Tier 1” and “cash efficiency.” The table reconciles the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
(e) Represents period-end consolidated total loans and loans held for sale divided by period-end consolidated total deposits (excluding deposits in foreign office).

87


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements

From time to time, we have made or will make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements usually can be identified by the use of words such as “goal,” “objective,” “plan,” “expect,” “assume,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. Our disclosures in this report contain forward-looking statements. We may also make forward-looking statements in other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others.

Forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Our actual results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. There is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those described in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

deterioration of commercial real estate market fundamentals;

defaults by our loan counterparties or clients;

adverse changes in credit quality trends;

declining asset prices;

our concentrated credit exposure in commercial, financial and agricultural loans;

the extensive and increasing regulation of the U.S. financial services industry;

changes in accounting policies, standards, and interpretations;

breaches of security or failures of our technology systems due to technological or other factors and cybersecurity threats;

operational or risk management failures by us or critical third parties;

negative outcomes from claims or litigation;

the occurrence of natural or man-made disasters, conflicts, or terrorist attacks, or other adverse external events;

increasing capital and liquidity standards under applicable regulatory rules;

unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to, changes in our access to or the cost of funding, our ability to enter the financial markets and to secure alternative funding sources;

our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiary, KeyBank;

downgrades in our credit ratings or those of KeyBank;

a reversal of the U.S. economic recovery due to financial, political, or other shocks;

our ability to anticipate interest rate changes and manage interest rate risk;

deterioration of economic conditions in the geographic regions where we operate;

the soundness of other financial institutions;

88


Table of Contents
our ability to attract and retain talented executives and employees and to manage our reputational risks;

our ability to timely and effectively implement our strategic initiatives;

increased competitive pressure due to industry consolidation;

unanticipated adverse effects of strategic partnerships or acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses;

our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the First Niagara merger; and

our ability to develop and effectively use the quantitative models we rely upon in our business planning.

Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of subsequent events or circumstances. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our SEC filings, including this report on Form 10-Q and our subsequent reports on Forms 8-K, 10-Q, and 10-K, and our registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, all of which are or will upon filing be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at www.key.com/ir.

Economic overview

The economy rebounded in the second quarter of 2016, with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta estimating real GDP of 2.4%, up from just 1.1% in the first quarter. Second quarter GDP growth was supported by a rebound in consumption even as nonresidential and residential investment dragged on growth. Meanwhile, average job gains fell for the third straight quarter as a result of a disappointing May employment report. Housing market data improved further, with slow advances in residential construction and modest improvement year-over-year in sales of existing homes. Geopolitical tensions, slowing global growth and uncertainty around prospective Federal Reserve actions prevented the economy from accelerating further during the first half of the year.

In the second quarter of 2016, real spending advanced in April and May, rebounding from weak spending dating back to the end of last year, with improvements in both durable and nondurable goods expenditures. Retail sales have shown steady improvement with sales excluding automobiles rising 3.2% year-over-year in June, up from 2.1% in March 2016. Consumer confidence rose modestly from the first quarter, with the Conference Board measure ending the second quarter of 2016 at 98.0, up 1.9 points from March. Inflation remains well below the Federal Reserve target, with the personal consumption expenditure index up just .9% year-over-year as of May 2016.

In the labor market, average monthly job gains declined to 147,000 during the second quarter of 2016, compared to the solid first quarter 2016 average of 196,000, marking the third straight quarter of decline in the monthly average. The second quarter average was adversely impacted by a weak May report, with gains of only 11,000 for the month. Gains continue to be driven by the services sectors, while the goods-producing sectors have reported weakness since the end of last year. The unemployment rate rose to 4.9% in June of 2016, up 20 basis points from May, but down 10 basis points from the end of the first quarter, driven in part by a declining labor force and a lower participation rate.

The housing market improved modestly in the second quarter, with most metrics above year-ago levels. Existing home sales ended the quarter at 5.6 million units, compared to 5.4 million in March and slightly above year-ago levels. New Home Sales rebounded, ending the second quarter of 2016 10% higher than March and up 26% year-over-year increase. Housing starts have fallen modestly since the same period last year, totaling a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 1.19 million in June 2016, down 2% year-over-year and up 7% since the end of the first quarter. Housing permits rebounded from the start of the year, increasing 7% from March of 2016, but remain 14% below year-ago levels in June 2016. Home price appreciation is moderating, with May 2016 home prices up 5.9% year-over-year, down slightly from 6.7% from March 2016.

The Federal Reserve remained accommodative in the second quarter of 2016, continuing to reinvest principal payments to ease financial conditions. Forward guidance is somewhat unclear as to when the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) will again raise the federal funds target rate, as global economic conditions and inflation measures remain concerns. This, along with market uncertainty related to the United Kingdom leaving the European Union, has pushed interest rates lower. The yield on the 10-year U.S. Treasury dropped 29 basis points in the second quarter of 2016 to 1.49%.

89


Table of Contents

Long-term financial goals

Our long-term financial goals are as follows:

Improve balance sheet efficiency by targeting a loan-to-deposit ratio range of 90% to 100%;

Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio and provision for credit losses to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60%;

Grow high quality, diverse revenue streams by targeting a net interest margin in the range of 3.00% to 3.25% and a ratio of noninterest income to total revenue of greater than 40%;

Generate positive operating leverage and target a cash efficiency ratio excluding merger-related expense of less than 60%; and

Maintain disciplined capital management and target a return on average assets excluding merger-related expense in the range of 1.00% to 1.25%.

Figure 2 shows the evaluation of our long-term financial goals for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Figure 2. Evaluation of Our Long-Term Financial Goals

KEY Business Model

Key Metrics (a)

2Q16

YTD 2016 Targets

Balance sheet efficiency

Loan-to-deposit ratio (b) 85% 85 % 90 - 100 %

Moderate risk profile

Net loan charge-offs to average loans .28% .30 % .40 - .60 %
Provision for credit losses to average loans .34% .47 %

High quality, diverse revenue streams

Net interest margin 2.76% 2.83 % 3.00 - 3.25 %
Noninterest income to total revenue 44% 43 % > 40 %

Positive operating leverage

Cash efficiency ratio (c) 69.0% 67.8 % < 60 %

Cash efficiency ratio excluding

merger-related expense (c)

64.8% 64.6 %

Financial Returns

Return on average assets .82% .81 % 1.00 - 1.25 %

Return on average assets excluding

merger-related expense (c)

.94% .90 %

(a) Calculated from continuing operations, unless otherwise noted.
(b) Represents period-end consolidated total loans and loans held for sale divided by period-end consolidated total deposits (excluding deposits in foreign office).
(c) Non-GAAP measure: see Figure 7 for reconciliation.

Strategic developments

Our actions and results during the first six months of 2016 supported our corporate strategy described in the “Introduction” section under the “Corporate strategy” heading on page 38 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

We continue to focus on growing our businesses and remain committed to improving productivity and efficiency. During the first six months of 2016, we generated positive operating leverage excluding merger-related expense from the prior year, with revenue up 1.3% from 2015. Net interest income benefited from higher earning asset balances and an increase in earning asset yields, largely the result of our loan portfolio repricing to the higher short-term interest rates. Although noninterest income declined slightly from the prior year, we saw a benefit from increases in several of our core fee-based businesses where we continue to make investments: service charges on deposit accounts, corporate services income, and cards and payments income. Excluding merger-related expense of $69 million, noninterest expense increased $5 million from the prior year primarily due to slight increases across various nonpersonnel areas.

90


Table of Contents
Although asset quality measures were impacted during the first six months of 2016 by credit migration, primarily in our oil and gas portfolio, our net loan charge-offs were .30% of average loans, below our targeted range, and the provision for credit losses was .47% of average loans, within our targeted range.

Capital management remains a priority for 2016. As previously reported, our existing share repurchase program under the 2015 capital plan (which was effective through the second quarter of 2015) was suspended in the fourth quarter of 2015 in connection with the announcement of our acquisition of First Niagara. On June 29, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to our 2016 capital plan. Share repurchases of up to $350 million were included in the 2016 capital plan, which is effective through the second quarter of 2017. We anticipate repurchasing common shares in the third quarter of 2016 following the completion of the acquisition of First Niagara.

As previously reported, our 2015 capital plan proposed an increase in our quarterly common share dividend from $.075 to $.085 per share, which was approved by our Board in May 2016. An additional potential increase in our quarterly common share dividend, up to $.095 per share, will be considered by the Board for the second quarter of 2017, consistent with the 2016 capital plan.

On August 1, 2016, First Niagara merged with and into KeyCorp, with KeyCorp as the surviving entity after receiving regulatory approval on July 12, 2016. The total consideration for the transaction was approximately $4.0 billion. Systems and client conversion is expected during the fourth quarter of 2016, subject to pending regulatory approval. On April 28, 2016, KeyCorp and First Niagara entered into an agreement with Northwest Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., to sell 18 branches in the Buffalo, New York market. The branches are being divested in connection with the merger between First Niagara and KeyCorp and pursuant to an agreement with the United States Department of Justice and commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System following a customary antitrust review in connection with the proposed merger.

Demographics

We have two major business segments: Key Community Bank and Key Corporate Bank.

Key Community Bank serves individuals and small to mid-sized businesses by offering a variety of deposit, investment, lending, credit card, and personalized wealth management products and business advisory services. These products and services are provided through our relationship managers and specialists working in our 12-state branch network, which is organized into eight internally defined geographic regions: Pacific, Rocky Mountains, Indiana, Western Ohio and Michigan, Eastern Ohio, Western New York, Eastern New York, and New England. In addition, some of these product capabilities are delivered by Key Corporate Bank to clients of Key Community Bank.

Figure 3 shows the geographic diversity of Key Community Bank’s average deposits, commercial loans, and home equity loans.

Figure 3. Key Community Bank Geographic Diversity

Geographic Region

Three months ended

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Pacific Rocky
Mountains
Indiana West Ohio/
Michigan
East Ohio Western
New York
Eastern
New York
New
England
NonRegion (a) Total

Average deposits

$ 12,754 $ 5,416 $ 2,400 $ 4,717 $ 10,083 $ 5,185 $ 8,107 $ 3,041 $ 2,091 $ 53,794

Percent of total

23.7 % 10.1 % 4.5 % 8.8 % 18.7 % 9.6 % 15.1 % 5.6 % 3.9 % 100.0 %

Average commercial loans

$ 3,421 $ 1,927 $ 893 $ 1,236 $ 2,369 $ 684 $ 1,916 $ 824 $ 3,178 $ 16,448

Percent of total

20.8 % 11.7 % 5.4 % 7.5 % 14.4 % 4.2 % 11.7 % 5.0 % 19.3 % 100.0 %

Average home equity loans

$ 3,131 $ 1,495 $ 482 $ 803 $ 1,227 $ 823 $ 1,235 $ 642 $ 70 $ 9,908

Percent of total

31.6 % 15.1 % 4.8 % 8.1 % 12.4 % 8.3 % 12.5 % 6.5 % .7 % 100.0 %

(a) Represents average deposits, commercial loan products, and home equity loan products centrally managed outside of our eight Key Community Bank regions.

Key Corporate Bank is a full-service corporate and investment bank focused principally on serving the needs of middle market clients in seven industry sectors: consumer, energy, healthcare, industrial, public sector, real estate, and technology.

91


Table of Contents

Key Corporate Bank delivers a broad suite of banking and capital markets products to its clients, including syndicated finance, debt and equity capital markets, commercial payments, equipment finance, commercial mortgage banking, derivatives, foreign exchange, financial advisory, and public finance. Key Corporate Bank is also a significant servicer of commercial mortgage loans and a significant special servicer of CMBS. Key Corporate Bank delivers many of its product capabilities to clients of Key Community Bank.

Further information regarding the products and services offered by our Key Community Bank and Key Corporate Bank segments is included in this report in Note 18 (“Line of Business Results”).

92


Table of Contents

Supervision and regulation

Regulatory reform developments

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. It was intended to address perceived deficiencies and gaps in the regulatory framework for financial services in the U.S., reduce the risks of bank failures, better equip the nation’s regulators to guard against or mitigate any future financial crises, and manage systemic risk through increased supervision of bank and nonbank SIFIs, such as KeyCorp and KeyBank. Further discussion concerning the Dodd-Frank Act, related regulatory developments, and the risks that they present to Key is available under the heading “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business and under the heading “II. Compliance Risk” in Item 1A. Risk Factors of our 2015 Form 10-K. Many proposed rules referenced in our prior reports remain pending. The following discussion provides a summary of recent regulatory developments relating to the Dodd-Frank Act or regulatory developments that relate to our results this quarter.

Regulatory capital rules

In October 2013, federal banking regulators published the final Basel III capital framework for U.S. banking organizations (the “Regulatory Capital Rules”). The Regulatory Capital Rules generally implement in the U.S. the Basel III capital framework published by the Basel Committee in December 2010 and revised in June 2011 and January 2014 (the “Basel III capital framework”). The Basel III capital framework and the U.S. implementation of the Basel III capital framework are discussed in more detail in Item 1. Business of our 2015 Form 10-K under the heading “Supervision and Regulation — Basel III capital and liquidity frameworks.”

While the Regulatory Capital Rules became effective on January 1, 2014, the mandatory compliance date for Key as a “standardized approach” banking organization was January 1, 2015, subject to transitional provisions extending to January 1, 2019.

New minimum capital and leverage ratio requirements

Under the Regulatory Capital Rules, “standardized approach” banking organizations, like KeyCorp, are required to meet the minimum capital and leverage ratios set forth in Figure 4 below. At June 30, 2016, Key had an estimated Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 11.05% under the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules. Also at June 30, 2016, based on the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules, Key estimates that its capital and leverage ratios, after adjustment for market risk, would be as set forth in Figure 4.

Figure 4. Estimated Ratios vs. Minimum Capital Ratios Calculated Under the Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital Rules

Ratios (including Capital conservation buffer)

Key
June 30, 2016
Estimated
Minimum
January 1, 2016
Phase-in
Period
Minimum
January 1, 2019

Common Equity Tier 1 (a)

11.05 % 4.5 % None 4.5 %

Capital conservation buffer (b)

1/1/16-1/1/19 2.5

Common Equity Tier 1 + Capital conservation buffer

4.5 1/1/16-1/1/19 7.0

Tier 1 Capital

11.11 6.0 None 6.0

Tier 1 Capital + Capital conservation buffer

6.0 1/1/16-1/1/19 8.5

Total Capital

13.34 8.0 None 8.0

Total Capital + Capital conservation buffer

8.0 1/1/16-1/1/19 10.5

Leverage (c)

10.36 4.0 None 4.0

(a) See Figure 7 entitled “GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computation for estimated Common Equity Tier 1. The table reconciles the GAAP performance measure to the corresponding non-GAAP measure, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
(b) Capital conservation buffer must consist of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. As a standardized approach banking organization, KeyCorp is not subject to the countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% imposed upon an advanced approaches banking organization under the Regulatory Capital Rules.
(c) As a standardized approach banking organization, KeyCorp is not subject to the 3% supplemental leverage ratio requirement, which becomes effective January 1, 2018.

93


Table of Contents

Revised prompt corrective action capital category ratios

Under the Regulatory Capital Rules, the prompt corrective action capital category threshold ratios applicable to FDIC-insured depository institutions such as KeyBank were revised effective January 1, 2015. Figure 5 identifies the capital category threshold ratios for a “well capitalized” and an “adequately capitalized” institution under the Regulatory Capital Rules.

Figure 5. “Well Capitalized” and “Adequately Capitalized” Capital Category Ratios under Revised Prompt

Corrective Action Rules

Prompt Corrective Action

Capital Category

Ratio

Well Capitalized (a) Adequately Capitalized

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based

6.5 % 4.5 %

Tier 1 Risk-Based

8.0 6.0

Total Risk-Based

10.0 8.0

Tier 1 Leverage

5.0 4.0

(a) A “well capitalized” institution also must not be subject to any written agreement, order, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
(b) As a standardized approach banking organization, KeyBank is not subject to the 3% supplemental leverage ratio requirement, which becomes effective January 1, 2018.

As of June 30, 2016, KeyBank meets all “well capitalized” capital adequacy requirements under the Regulatory Capital Rules.

Liquidity coverage ratio

In October 2014, the federal banking agencies published the final Basel III liquidity framework for U.S. banking organizations (the “Liquidity Coverage Rules”) that create a minimum LCR for certain internationally active bank and nonbank financial companies (excluding KeyCorp) and a modified version of the LCR (“Modified LCR”) for BHCs and other depository institution holding companies with over $50 billion in consolidated assets that are not internationally active (including KeyCorp).

Because KeyCorp is a Modified LCR BHC under the Liquidity Coverage Rules, Key is required to maintain its ratio of high-quality liquid assets to its total net cash outflow amount, determined by prescribed assumptions in a standardized hypothetical stress scenario over a 30-calendar day period. Implementation for Modified LCR banking organizations, like Key, began on January 1, 2016, with a minimum requirement of 90% coverage, reaching 100% coverage by January 1, 2017. For the second quarter of 2016, our Modified LCR was above 100%. In the future, we may change the composition of our investment portfolio, increase the size of the overall investment portfolio, and/or modify product offerings to enhance or optimize our liquidity position.

KeyBank will not be subject to the LCR or the Modified LCR under the Liquidity Coverage Rules unless the OCC affirmatively determines that application to KeyBank is appropriate in light of KeyBank’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of operations, affiliation with foreign or domestic covered entities, or risk to the financial system.

Net stable funding ratio

As previously disclosed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. Business of our 2015 Form 10-K under the heading “Basel III capital and liquidity frameworks,” the Basel Committee finalized the Basel III net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) in October 2014. The Basel Committee published final Basel III NSFR disclosure standards in June 2015. In April and May 2016, the federal banking regulators issued an NPR proposing to implement the final Basel III NSFR and the final Basel III NSFR disclosure standards. The proposal would create a minimum NSFR for certain internationally active banking organizations (excluding KeyCorp) and a modified version of the NSFR for BHCs and other depository institution holding companies with over $50 billion in consolidated assets that are not internationally active (including KeyCorp). The proposal would also require quarterly quantitative and qualitative public disclosures regarding the NSFR. The proposed NSFR requirement would apply beginning on January 1, 2018. The comment period for the NPR expires on August 5, 2016.

Common equity surcharge

In July 2015, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule to implement the common equity surcharge on U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). The final rule was effective December 1, 2015, although the surcharge, which will be added to the capital conservation buffer under the Regulatory Capital Rules, will be phased in during the January 1, 2016, through January 1, 2019, period. Notably, this final rule applies to advanced approaches banking organizations, not “standardized approach” banking organizations like Key.

94


Table of Contents

Deposit insurance and assessments

In March 2015, the FDIC approved a final rule to impose a surcharge, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, on the quarterly deposit insurance assessments of insured depository institutions having total consolidated assets of at least $10 billion (like KeyBank). The surcharge is 4.5 cents per $100 of the institution’s assessment base (after making certain adjustments). The final rule became effective on July 1, 2016. If the DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.15% before that date, surcharges will begin July 1, 2016. If the reserve ratio has not reached 1.15% by that date, surcharges will begin the first quarter after the reserve ratio reaches 1.15%. The DIF reserve ratio was 1.13% at the end of the first quarter of 2016. It is expected that the FDIC will announce the DIF reserve ratio for the end of the second quarter of 2016 in late August or early September of 2016. Surcharges will continue through the quarter that the DIF reserve ratio reaches or exceeds 1.35%, but not later than December 31, 2018. If the reserve ratio does not reach 1.35% by December 31, 2018 (provided it is at least 1.15%), the FDIC will impose a shortfall assessment on March 31, 2019, on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (like KeyBank).

In February 2016, the FDIC issued an NPR proposing to impose recordkeeping requirements on insured depository institutions with two million or more deposit accounts (including KeyBank) in order to facilitate rapid payment of insured deposits to customers if the institutions were to fail. The proposal would require such insured depository institutions (i) to maintain complete and accurate data on each depositor’s ownership interest by right and capacity for all of the institution’s deposit accounts and (ii) to develop the capability to calculate the insured and uninsured amounts for each deposit owner within 24 hours of failure. The FDIC would conduct periodic testing of covered institutions’ compliance with these requirements and such institutions would be required to file a deposit insurance coverage summary report with the FDIC annually. Compliance would be required two years after the effective date of a final rule. After being extended, the comment period for the NPR expired on June 25, 2016.

Single counterparty credit limits

In March 2016, the Federal Reserve issued an NPR proposing to establish single counterparty credit limits for BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. This proposal would implement a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and replaces proposals on this subject issued by the Federal Reserve in 2011 and 2012. Under the proposal, a covered BHC (including KeyCorp) would not be allowed to have an aggregate net credit exposure to any unaffiliated counterparty that exceeds 25% of the consolidated capital stock and surplus of the covered BHC. G-SIBs and certain other large BHCs (excluding KeyCorp) would be subject to stricter limits under the proposal. A covered BHC such as KeyCorp would be required to comply with the proposed limits and quarterly reporting to show such compliance starting two years after the effective date of a final rule. The comment period for the NPR expired on June 3, 2016.

ERISA fiduciary standard

On April 8, 2016, the Department of Labor published final rules and amendments to certain prohibited transaction exemptions regarding which service providers would be regarded as fiduciaries under ERISA for making investment advice recommendations to: 1) certain retirement plan fiduciaries, participants or beneficiaries and 2) owners or beneficiaries of individual retirement accounts and health savings accounts, among other retirement plans. In sum, the rules intend to place fiduciary obligations, rather than the lesser legal obligations that currently apply, on these service providers. The rules require any financial institution making recommendations for either the purchase or sale of investments in or rollover of the respective retirement plan be subject to certain fiduciary obligations under ERISA such as an impartial conduct standard and not selling certain investment products whose compensation may raise a conflict of interest for the advisor without entering into a contract providing certain disclosures and legal remedies to the customer. The requirement of impartial conduct is effective April 10, 2017, and the contract provisions must be in place by January 1, 2018. At present, we expect that this rule will affect our brokerage, trust and consumer deposit taking lines of business but are not able to determine how significant the new rules’ financial impact will be on our financial position.

95


Table of Contents

Highlights of Our Performance

Financial performance

For the second quarter of 2016, we announced net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders of $193 million, or $.23 per common share. Our second quarter of 2016 results compare to net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders of $230 million, or $.27 per common share, for the second quarter of 2015.

Our taxable-equivalent net interest income was $605 million for the second quarter of 2016, and the net interest margin was 2.76%. These results compare to taxable-equivalent net interest income of $591 million and a net interest margin of 2.88% for the second quarter of 2015. The $14 million increase in net interest income reflects higher earning asset balances and an increase in earning asset yields, largely the result of our loan portfolio re-pricing to higher short-term interest rates. The benefit to net interest income from these items was partly offset by lower reinvestment yields in our securities and derivatives portfolios. The 12 basis point decline in the net interest margin reflects higher levels of liquidity, lower reinvestment yields in the securities and derivatives portfolios, and lower loan fees. Our Federal Reserve account averaged $5.6 billion during the second quarter of 2016, which increased $2.3 billion compared to the second quarter of 2015 and reduced the net interest margin by 7 basis points. For the full year of 2016, we expect low to mid-single-digit growth in net interest income compared to the prior year without the benefit of higher rates or mid-single digit growth with the benefit of higher interest rates.

Our noninterest income was $473 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $488 million for the year-ago quarter. The decrease from the prior year was largely attributable to lower investment banking and debt placement fees of $43 million, reflecting challenging market conditions, as well as $6 million of lower operating lease income and other leasing gains. These declines were offset by an increase of $17 million in other income primarily related to gains from certain real estate investments, along with continued growth in some of our core fee-based businesses, including corporate services and cards and payments. For the full year of 2016, we expect stable to up low single-digit growth in our noninterest income compared to the prior year.

Our noninterest expense was $751 million for the second quarter of 2016. Noninterest expense included $45 million of merger-related expense, primarily made up of $35 million in personnel expense related to technology development for systems conversions and fully-dedicated personnel for merger and integration efforts. The remaining $10 million of merger-related expense was nonpersonnel expense, largely recognized in business services and professional fees and marketing. There was no merger-related expense incurred in the second quarter of 2015. Excluding merger-related expense, noninterest expense was $5 million lower than the second quarter of last year. The decrease is primarily attributable to $16 million in lower personnel expense related to lower performance-based compensation, along with lower net occupancy expenses and business services and professional fees. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in other expense, reflecting the impact of certain real estate investments and other miscellaneous items, along with increased non-merger related marketing expense. For the full year of 2016, we expect noninterest expense excluding merger-related expense to be relatively stable with 2015.

Average loans were $61.1 billion for the second quarter of 2016, an increase of $3.2 billion compared to the second quarter of 2015. The loan growth primarily occurred in the commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio, which increased $3.6 billion and was spread across our commercial lines of business. Consumer loans declined by $504 million mostly due to paydowns on our home equity loan portfolio and continued run-off in our consumer exit portfolios. For the full year of 2016, we anticipate average loan growth in the mid-single digit range.

Average deposits, excluding deposits in foreign office, totaled $73.9 billion for the second quarter of 2016, an increase of $3.6 billion compared to the year-ago quarter. Interest-bearing deposits increased $4.9 billion driven by a $3.6 billion increase in NOW and money market deposit accounts and a $1.3 billion increase in certificates of deposit and other time deposits. The increase in average deposits from the year-ago quarter reflects core deposit growth in our retail banking franchise, growth in escrow deposits from the commercial mortgage servicing business, and commercial deposit inflows. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 billion decline in noninterest-bearing deposits.

Our provision for credit losses was $52 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $41 million for the year-ago quarter. Our ALLL was $854 million, or 1.38% of total period-end loans at June 30, 2016, compared to 1.37% at June 30, 2015. For the remainder of 2016, we expect our ALLL as a percentage of period-end loans to remain relatively stable with the second quarter of 2016.

96


Table of Contents

Net loan charge-offs for the second quarter of 2016 totaled $43 million, or .28% of average total loans, compared to .25% for the same period last year. We expect net loan charge-offs to average total loans to continue to be below our targeted range of .40% to .60% for the remainder of 2016.

At June 30, 2016, our nonperforming loans totaled $619 million and represented 1.00% of period-end portfolio loans, compared to $419 million, or .72% of period-end portfolio loans, at June 30, 2015. Nonperforming assets at June 30, 2016, totaled $637 million and represented 1.03% of period-end portfolio loans and OREO and other nonperforming assets, compared to $440 million, or .75% of period-end portfolio loans, at June 30, 2015. The increase in our nonperforming assets was primarily due to credit migration in the oil and gas portfolio.

Our capital ratios remain strong. Our tangible common equity and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios at June 30, 2016, are 9.95% and 11.41%, respectively, compared to 9.86% and 11.11%, respectively, at June 30, 2015. In addition, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is 11.10% at June 30, 2016, compared to 10.71% at June 30, 2015. We continue to return capital to our shareholders through our quarterly common share dividend. In the second quarter of 2016, we paid a cash dividend of $.085 per common share, an increase from $.075 per common share, under our 2015 capital plan authorization.

Figure 6 shows our continuing and discontinued operating results for the current, past, and year-ago quarters. Our financial performance for each of the past five quarters is summarized in Figure 1.

Figure 6. Results of Operations

Three months ended Six months ended

in millions, except per share amounts

6-30-16 3-31-16 6-30-15 6-30-16 6-30-15

Summary of operations

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key

$ 199 $ 187 $ 235 $ 386 $ 463

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

3 1 3 4 8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 202 $ 188 $ 238 $ 390 $ 471

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key

$ 199 $ 187 $ 235 $ 386 $ 463

Less: Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock

6 5 5 11 11

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

193 182 230 375 452

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

3 1 3 4 8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders

$ 196 $ 183 $ 233 $ 379 $ 460

Per common share — assuming dilution

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders

$ .23 $ .22 $ .27 $ .44 $ .52

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes (a)

.01

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (b)

$ .23 $ .22 $ .27 $ .45 $ .53

(a) In September 2009, we decided to discontinue the education lending business conducted through Key Education Resources, the education payment and financing unit of KeyBank. As a result of this decision, we have accounted for this business as a discontinued operation. For further discussion regarding the income (loss) from discontinued operations, see Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”).
(b) EPS may not foot due to rounding.

Figure 7 presents certain non-GAAP financial measures related to “tangible common equity,” “return on tangible common equity,” “Common Equity Tier 1,” “pre-provision net revenue,” certain financial measures excluding merger-related expense, and “cash efficiency ratio.”

The tangible common equity ratio and the return on tangible common equity ratio have been a focus for some investors, and management believes these ratios may assist investors in analyzing Key’s capital position without regard to the effects of intangible assets and preferred stock. Traditionally, the banking regulators have assessed bank and BHC capital adequacy based on both the amount and the composition of capital, the calculation of which is prescribed in federal banking regulations. The Federal Reserve focuses its assessment of capital adequacy on a component of Tier 1 capital known as Common Equity Tier 1. Because the Federal Reserve has long indicated that voting common shareholders’ equity (essentially Tier 1 risk-based capital less preferred stock and noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries) generally should be the dominant element in Tier 1 risk-based capital, this focus on Common Equity Tier 1 is consistent with existing capital adequacy categories. The Regulatory Capital Rules, described in more detail under the section “Supervision and regulation” in Item 2 of this report, also make Common Equity Tier 1 a priority. The Regulatory Capital Rules change the regulatory capital standards that apply to BHCs by, among other changes, phasing out the treatment of trust preferred securities and cumulative preferred securities as Tier 1 eligible capital. Starting in 2016, our trust preferred securities are only included in Tier 2 capital. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using tangible common equity and Common Equity Tier 1, we believe it is useful to enable investors to assess our capital adequacy on these same bases. Figure 7 also reconciles the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures.

97


Table of Contents

Figure 7 also shows the computation for and reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue, which is not formally defined by GAAP. We believe that eliminating the effects of the provision for credit losses makes it easier to analyze our results by presenting them on a more comparable basis.

As disclosed in Note 11 (“Acquisitions and Discontinued Operations”), KeyCorp completed its purchase of First Niagara on August 1, 2016. The definitive agreement and plan of merger to acquire First Niagara was originally announced on October 30, 2015. As a result of this transaction, we’ve recognized merger-related expense. Figure 7 shows the computation of noninterest expense excluding merger-related expense and return on average assets from continuing operations excluding merger-related expense. We believe that eliminating the effects of the merger-related expense makes it easier to analyze our results by presenting them on a more comparable basis.

The cash efficiency ratio is a ratio of two non-GAAP performance measures. Accordingly, there is no directly comparable GAAP performance measure. The cash efficiency ratio excludes the impact of our intangible asset amortization from the calculation. We also disclosed the cash efficiency ratio excluding merger-related expense. We believe these ratios provide greater consistency and comparability between our results and those of our peer banks. Additionally, these ratios are used by analysts and investors as they develop earnings forecasts and peer bank analysis.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by investors to evaluate a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.

98


Table of Contents

Figure 7. GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Three months ended

dollars in millions

6-30-16 3-31-16 12-31-15 9-30-15 6-30-15

Tangible common equity to tangible assets at period end

Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)

$ 11,313 $ 11,066 $ 10,746 $ 10,705 $ 10,590

Less:      Intangible assets (a)

1,074 1,077 1,080 1,084 1,085

Series A Preferred Stock (b)

281 281 281 281 281

Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

$ 9,958 $ 9,708 $ 9,385 $ 9,340 $ 9,224

Total assets (GAAP)

$ 101,150 $ 98,402 $ 95,131 $ 95,420 $ 94,604

Less:      Intangible assets (a)

1,074 1,077 1,080 1,084 1,085

Tangible assets (non-GAAP)

$ 100,076 $ 97,325 $ 94,051 $ 94,336 $ 93,519

Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)

9.95 % 9.97 % 9.98 % 9.90 % 9.86 %

Common Equity Tier 1 at period end

Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)

$ 11,313 $ 11,066 $ 10,746 $ 10,705 10,590

Less:      Series A Preferred Stock (b)

281 281 281 281 281

Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions

11,032 10,785 10,465 10,424 10,309

Less:      Goodwill, net of deferred taxes

1,031 1,033 1,034 1,036 1,034

Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes

30 35 26 29 33

Deferred tax assets

1 1 1 1 1

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes

129 70 (58 ) 54

Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes

77 46 (20 ) 21 (20 )

Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes

(362 ) (365 ) (365 ) (385 ) (361 )

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

$ 10,126 $ 9,965 $ 9,847 $ 9,668 9,622

Net risk-weighted assets (regulatory)

$ 91,195 $ 90,014 $ 89,980 $ 92,307 89,851

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (non-GAAP)

11.10 % 11.07 % 10.94 % 10.47 % 10.71 %

Average tangible common equity

Average Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)

$ 11,147 $ 10,953 $ 10,731 $ 10,614 $ 10,590

Less:      Intangible assets (average) (c)

1,076 1,079 1,082 1,083 1,086

Series A Preferred Stock (average)

290 290 290 290 290

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

$ 9,781 $ 9,584 $ 9,359 $ 9,241 $ 9,214

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders (GAAP)

$ 193 $ 182 $ 224 $ 216 $ 230

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

9,781 9,584 9,359 9,241 9,214

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

7.94 % 7.64 % 9.50 % 9.27 % 10.01 %

Return on average tangible common equity consolidated

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (GAAP)

$ 196 $ 183 $ 220 $ 213 $ 233

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

9,781 9,584 9,359 9,241 9,214

Return on average tangible common equity consolidated (non-GAAP)

8.06 % 7.68 % 9.33 % 9.14 % 10.14 %

Pre-provision net revenue

Net interest income (GAAP)

$ 597 $ 604 $ 602 $ 591 $ 584

Plus:      Taxable-equivalent adjustment

8 8 8 7 7

Noninterest income

473 431 485 470 488

Less:      Noninterest expense

751 703 736 724 711

Pre-provision net revenue from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

$ 327 $ 340 $ 359 $ 344 $ 368

Noninterest expense excluding merger-related expense

Noninterest expense (GAAP)

$ 751 $ 703 $ 736 $ 724 $ 711

Less:      Merger-related expense

45 24 6

Noninterest expense excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

$ 706 $ 679 $ 730 $ 724 $ 711

Cash efficiency ratio

Noninterest expense (GAAP)

$ 751 $ 703 $ 736 $ 724 $ 711

Less:      Intangible asset amortization

7 8 9 9 9

Adjusted noninterest expense (non-GAAP)

$ 744 $ 695 $ 727 $ 715 $ 702

Less:      Merger-related expense

45 24 6

Adjusted noninterest expense excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

$ 699 $ 671 $ 721 $ 715 $ 702

Net interest income (GAAP)

$ 597 $ 604 $ 602 $ 591 $ 584

Plus:      Taxable-equivalent adjustment

8 8 8 7 7

Noninterest income (GAAP)

473 431 485 470 488

Total taxable-equivalent revenue (non-GAAP)

$ 1,078 $ 1,043 $ 1,095 $ 1,068 $ 1,079

Cash efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

69.0 % 66.6 % 66.4 % 66.9 % 65.1 %

Cash efficiency ratio excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

64.8 % 64.3 % 65.8 % 66.9 % 65.1 %

Return on average total assets from continuing operations excluding merger-related expense

Income from continuing operations attributable to Key (GAAP)

$ 199 $ 187 $ 230 $ 222 $ 235

Add:      Merger-related expense, after tax

28 15 4

Income from continuing operations attributable to Key excluding merger-related expense, after tax (non-GAAP)

$ 227 $ 202 $ 234 $ 222 $ 235

Average total assets from continuing operations (GAAP)

$ 97,413 $ 94,477 $ 94,117 $ 92,649 $ 91,658

Return on average total assets from continuing operations excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

.94 % .86 % .99 % .95 % 1.03 %

(a) For the three months ended June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, intangible assets exclude $36 million, $40 million, $45 million, $50 million, and $55 million, respectively, of period-end purchased credit card receivables.
(b) Net of capital surplus.
(c) For the three months ended June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, average intangible assets exclude $38 million, $42 million, $47 million, $52 million, and $58 million, respectively, of average purchased credit card receivables.

99


Table of Contents

Figure 7. GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations, continued

dollars in millions

Three months ended
6-30-16

Common Equity Tier 1 under the Regulatory Capital Rules (estimates)

Common Equity Tier 1 under current Regulatory Capital Rules

$ 10,126

Adjustments from current Regulatory Capital Rules to the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules:

Deferred tax assets and other intangible assets (d)

(21 )

Common Equity Tier 1 anticipated under the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules (e)

$ 10,105

Net risk-weighted assets under current Regulatory Capital Rules

$ 91,195

Adjustments from current Regulatory Capital Rules to the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules:

Mortgage servicing assets (f)

485

Volcker Funds

(224 )

All other assets

17

Total risk-weighted assets anticipated under the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules (e)

$ 91,473

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under the fully phased-in Regulatory Capital Rules (e)

11.05 %

Six months ended

dollars in millions

6-30-16 6-30-15

Pre-provision net revenue

Net interest income (GAAP)

$ 1,201 $ 1,155

Plus: Taxable-equivalent adjustment

16 13

Noninterest income (GAAP)

904 925

Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP)

1,454 1,380

Pre-provision net revenue from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

$ 667 $ 713

Average tangible common equity

Average Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)

$ 11,050 $ 10,580

Less:      Intangible assets (average) (c)

1,077 1,088

Preferred Stock, Series A (average)

290 290

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

$ 9,683 $ 9,202

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders (GAAP)

$ 375 $ 452

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

9,683 9,202

Return on average tangible common equity from continuing operations (non-GAAP)

7.79 % 9.91 %

Return on average tangible common equity consolidated

Net income (loss) attributable to Key common shareholders (GAAP)

$ 379 $ 460

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)

9,683 9,202

Return on average tangible common equity consolidated (non-GAAP)

7.87 % 10.08 %

Cash efficiency ratio

Noninterest expense (GAAP)

$ 1,454 $ 1,380

Less:      Intangible asset amortization (GAAP)

15 18

Adjusted noninterest expense (non-GAAP)

1,439 1,362

Less:      Merger-related expense

69

$ 1,370 $ 1,362

Net interest income (GAAP)

$ 1,201 $ 1,155

Plus:      Taxable-equivalent adjustment

16 13

Noninterest income (GAAP)

904 925

Total taxable-equivalent revenue (non-GAAP)

$ 2,121 $ 2,093

Cash efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

67.8 % 65.1 %

Cash efficiency ratio excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

64.6 % 65.1 %

Return on average total assets from continuing operations excluding merger-related expense

Income from continuing operations attributable to Key (GAAP)

$ 386 $ 463

Add:      Merger-related expense, after tax

43

Income from continuing operations attributable to Key excluding merger-related expense, after tax (non-GAAP)

$ 429 $ 463

Average total assets from continuing operations (GAAP)

$ 95,945 $ 90,648

Return on average total assets from continuing operations excluding merger-related expense (non-GAAP)

.90 % 1.03 %

(d) Includes the deferred tax assets subject to future taxable income for realization, primarily tax credit carryforwards, as well as intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets) subject to the transition provisions of the final rule.
(e) The anticipated amount of regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets is based upon the federal banking agencies’ Regulatory Capital Rules (as fully phased-in on January 1, 2019); we are subject to the Regulatory Capital Rules under the “standardized approach.”
(f) Item is included in the 10%/15% exceptions bucket calculation and is risk-weighted at 250%.

100


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace; and

asset quality.

To make it easier to compare results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “taxable-equivalent basis” (i.e., as if it were all taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $154, an amount that — if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% — would yield $100.

Figure 8 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense, and their respective yields or rates over the past five quarters. This figure also presents a reconciliation of taxable-equivalent net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those quarters. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of the earning assets portfolio less cost of funding, is calculated by dividing annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income was $605 million for the second quarter of 2016, and the net interest margin was 2.76%. These results compare to taxable-equivalent net interest income of $591 million and a net interest margin of 2.88% for the second quarter of 2015. The $14 million increase in net interest income compared to the year-ago quarter reflects higher earning asset balances and an increase in earning asset yields, largely the result of our loan portfolio re-pricing to higher short-term interest rates. The benefit to net interest income from these items was partly offset by lower reinvestment yields in our securities and derivatives portfolios. The 12 basis point decline in the net interest margin reflects higher levels of liquidity, lower reinvestment yields in the securities and derivatives portfolios, and lower loan fees. Our Federal Reserve account averaged $5.6 billion during the second quarter of 2016, which increased $2.3 billion compared to the second quarter of 2015 and reduced the net interest margin by 7 basis points.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, taxable-equivalent net interest income increased by $49 million, and the net interest margin decreased by 6 basis points. The increase in net interest income reflects higher earning asset balances and an increase in earning asset yields. Higher levels of liquidity and lower reinvestment yields in the securities and derivatives portfolios drove the decline in the net interest margin and more than offset the benefit from higher earning asset yields.

Average loans were $61.1 billion for the second quarter of 2016, an increase of $3.2 billion compared to the second quarter of 2015. The loan growth occurred primarily in the commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio, which increased $3.6 billion and was spread across our commercial lines of business. Consumer loans declined $504 million mostly due to paydowns in our home equity loan portfolio and continued run-off in our consumer exit portfolios.

Average deposits, excluding deposits in foreign office, totaled $73.9 billion for the second quarter of 2016, an increase of $3.6 billion compared to the year-ago quarter. Interest-bearing deposits increased $4.9 billion driven by a $3.6 billion increase in NOW and money market deposit accounts and a $1.3 billion increase in certificates of deposit and other time deposits. The increase in average deposits from the year-ago quarter reflects core deposit growth in our retail banking franchise, growth in escrow deposits from the commercial mortgage servicing business, and commercial deposit inflows. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 billion decline in noninterest-bearing deposits.

101


Table of Contents

Figure 8. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income and Yields/Rates From Continuing Operations

Second Quarter 2016 First Quarter 2016

dollars in millions

Average
Balance
Interest (a) Yield/
Rate (a)
Average
Balance
Interest (a) Yield/
Rate (a)

ASSETS

Loans (b), (c)

Commercial, financial and agricultural (d)

$ 32,630 $ 270 3.32 % $ 31,590 $ 263 3.35 %

Real estate — commercial mortgage

8,404 80 3.85 8,138 77 3.78

Real estate — construction

869 8 3.78 1,016 10 4.11

Commercial lease financing

3,949 37 3.77 3,957 36 3.65

Total commercial loans

45,852 395 3.47 44,701 386 3.47

Real estate — residential mortgage

2,253 22 4.11 2,236 24 4.18

Home equity loans

10,098 102 4.04 10,240 103 4.06

Consumer direct loans

1,599 26 6.53 1,593 26 6.53

Credit cards

792 21 10.58 784 21 10.72

Consumer indirect loans

554 9 6.56 602 10 6.44

Total consumer loans

15,296 180 4.74 15,455 184 4.76

Total loans

61,148 575 3.78 60,156 570 3.80

Loans held for sale

611 5 3.18 826 8 4.02

Securities available for sale (b), (e)

14,268 74 2.08 14,207 75 2.12

Held-to-maturity securities (b)

4,883 24 1.98 4,817 24 2.01

Trading account assets

967 6 2.28 817 7 3.50

Short-term investments

5,559 6 .45 3,432 4 .46

Other investments (e)

610 2 1.54 647 3 1.73

Total earning assets

88,046 692 3.16 84,902 691 3.27

Allowance for loan and lease losses

(833 ) (803 )

Accrued income and other assets

10,200 10,378

Discontinued assets

1,738 1,804

Total assets

$ 99,151 $ 96,281

LIABILITIES

NOW and money market deposit accounts

$ 39,687 16 .17 $ 37,708 15 .16

Savings deposits

2,375 .02 2,349 .02

Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more) (f)

3,233 11 1.39 2,761 10 1.37

Other time deposits

3,252 7 .85 3,200 6 .79

Total interest-bearing deposits

48,547 34 .29 46,018 31 .27

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

337 .01 437 .07

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings

694 3 1.39 591 2 1.63

Long-term debt (f), (g)

9,294 50 2.25 8,566 46 2.19

Total interest-bearing liabilities

58,872 87 .60 55,612 79 .57

Noninterest-bearing deposits

25,357 25,580

Accrued expense and other liabilities

2,032 2,322

Discontinued liabilities (g)

1,738 1,804

Total liabilities

87,999 85,318

EQUITY

Key shareholders’ equity

11,147 10,953

Noncontrolling interests

5 10

Total equity

11,152 10,963

Total liabilities and equity

$ 99,151 $ 96,281

Interest rate spread (TE)

2.56 % 2.70 %

Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)

605 2.76 % 612 2.89 %

TE adjustment (b)

8 8

Net interest income, GAAP basis

$ 597 $ 604

(a) Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b) Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%.
(c) For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d) Commercial, financial and agricultural average balances include $87 million, $85 million, $87 million, $88 million, and $88 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the three months ended June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

102


Table of Contents

Figure 8. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income and Yields/Rates From Continuing Operations

Fourth Quarter 2015 Third Quarter 2015 Second Quarter 2015
Average
Balance
Interest (a) Yield/
Rate (a)
Average
Balance
Interest (a) Yield/
Rate (a)
Average
Balance
Interest (a) Yield/
Rate (a)
$ 30,884 $ 253 3.25 % $ 30,374 $ 244 3.19 % $ 29,017 $ 233 3.23 %
8,019 75 3.70 7,988 73 3.65 7,981 74 3.70
1,067 10 3.65 1,164 11 3.78 1,199 11 3.60
3,910 36 3.68 3,946 35 3.57 3,981 36 3.58

43,880 374 3.38 43,472 363 3.32 42,178 354 3.36
2,252 24 4.18 2,258 24 4.19 2,237 23 4.22
10,418 105 3.97 10,510 105 3.96 10,510 104 3.98
1,605 26 6.50 1,597 26 6.53 1,571 26 6.52
780 21 10.66 759 21 10.74 737 19 10.57
641 10 6.45 685 11 6.47 745 12 6.38

15,696 186 4.69 15,809 187 4.69 15,800 184 4.69

59,576 560 3.72 59,281 550 3.69 57,978 538 3.72
841 8 4.13 939 10 3.96 1,263 12 3.91
14,168 76 2.13 14,247 74 2.11 13,360 73 2.17
4,908 24 1.99 4,923 24 1.95 4,965 24 1.91
822 6 3.31 699 5 2.50 805 5 2.55
3,483 3 .28 2,257 1 .26 3,228 2 .26
674 4 2.71 696 4 2.52 713 5 2.48

84,472 681 3.21 83,042 668 3.21 82,312 659 3.21
(790 ) (790 ) (793 )
10,435 10,397 10,139
1,947 2,118 2,194

$ 96,064 $ 94,767 $ 93,852

$ 37,640 14 .15 $ 36,289 15 .16 $ 36,122 14 .16
2,338 .02 2,371 .02 2,393 .02
2,150 7 1.31 1,985 6 1.27 2,010 6 1.25
3,047 5 .72 3,064 6 .70 3,136 5 .70
354 .24 492 .23 583 1 .23

45,529 26 .24 44,201 27 .24 44,244 26 .24
392 .02 859 .08 557 .02
556 3 1.65 567 2 1.51 657 2 1.39
8,316 42 2.05 7,893 41 2.20 6,967 40 2.30

54,793 71 .52 53,520 70 .53 52,425 68 .52
26,292 26,268 26,594
2,289 2,236 2,039
1,947 2,118 2,194

85,321 84,142 83,252
10,731 10,614 10,590
12 11 10

10,743 10,625 10,600

$ 96,064 $ 94,767 $ 93,852

2.69 % 2.68 % 2.69 %

610 2.87 % 598 2.87 % 591 2.88 %

8 7 7

$ 602 $ 591 $ 584

(e) Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.
(f) Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.
(g) A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

103


Table of Contents

Figure 9 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year period affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 9. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

From three months ended June 30, 2015
to three months ended June 30, 2016
From six months ended June 30, 2015
to six months ended June 30, 2016

in millions

Average
Volume
Yield/
Rate
Net
Change (a)
Average
Volume
Yield/
Rate
Net
Change (a)

INTEREST INCOME

Loans

$ 30 $ 7 $ 37 $ 55 $ 23 $ 78

Loans held for sale

(6 ) (1 ) (7 ) (6 ) (6 )

Securities available for sale

5 (4 ) 1 11 (5 ) 6

Held-to-maturity securities

(1 ) 1

Trading account assets

1 1 2 1 3

Short-term investments

2 2 4 3 3 6

Other investments

(1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (1 ) (4 ) (5 )

Total interest income (TE)

31 2 33 63 19 82

INTEREST EXPENSE

NOW and money market deposit accounts

1 1 2 2 2 4

Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)

4 1 5 7 1 8

Other time deposits

2 2 2 2

Deposits in foreign office

(1 ) (1 ) (1 ) (1 )

Total interest-bearing deposits

4 4 8 8 5 13

Bank notes and other short-term borrowings

1 1 1 1

Long-term debt

13 (3 ) 10 26 (7 ) 19

Total interest expense

17 2 19 34 (1 ) 33

Net interest income (TE)

$ 14 $ 14 $ 29 $ 20 $ 49

(a) The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Noninterest income

As shown in Figure 10, noninterest income was $473 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $488 million for the year-ago quarter, a decrease of $15 million, or 3.1%. The decrease from the prior year was largely attributable to lower investment banking and debt placement fees of $43 million, reflecting challenging market conditions, as well as $6 million of lower operating lease income and other leasing gains. These declines were offset by an increase in other income of $17 million primarily related to gains from certain real estate investments, along with continued growth in some of our core fee-based business, including corporate services and cards and payments.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, noninterest income decreased $21 million, or 2.3%, from the same period one year ago. Investment banking and debt placement fees declined $40 million and net gains from principal investing decreased $29 million reflecting market weakness. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $17 million in corporate services income due to higher loan commitment fees, other non-yield loans fees, and dealer trading and derivatives income, and $29 million in other income.

Figure 10. Noninterest Income

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

Trust and investment services income

$ 110 $ 111 $ (1 ) (.9 )% $ 219 $ 220 $ (1 ) (.5 )%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

98 141 (43 ) (30.5 ) 169 209 (40 ) (19.1 )

Service charges on deposit accounts

68 63 5 7.9 133 124 9 7.3

Operating lease income and other leasing gains

18 24 (6 ) (25.0 ) 35 43 (8 ) (18.6 )

Corporate services income

53 43 10 23.3 103 86 17 19.8

Cards and payments income

52 47 5 10.6 98 89 9 10.1

Corporate-owned life insurance income

28 30 (2 ) (6.7 ) 56 61 (5 ) (8.2 )

Consumer mortgage income

3 4 (1 ) (25.0 ) 5 7 (2 ) (28.6 )

Mortgage servicing fees

10 9 1 11.1 22 22

Net gains (losses) from principal investing

11 11 11 40 (29 ) (72.5 )

Other income (a)

22 5 17 340.0 53 24 29 120.8

Total noninterest income

$ 473 $ 488 $ (15 ) (3.1 )% $ 904 $ 925 $ (21 ) (2.3 )%

(a) Included in this line item is our “Dealer trading and derivatives income (loss).” Additional detail is provided in Figure 11.

104


Table of Contents

Figure 11. Dealer Trading and Derivatives Income (Loss)

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

Dealer trading and derivatives income (loss),
proprietary (a), (b)

$ 1 $ (4 ) $ 5 N/M $ (5 ) $ 5 N/M

Dealer trading and derivatives income (loss), nonproprietary (b)

1 2 (1 ) (50.0 )% $ 10 5 5 100.0 %

Total dealer trading and derivatives income (loss)

$ 2 $ (2 ) $ 4 N/M $ 10 $ 10 100.0 %

(a) For the quarter ended June 30, 2016, income of $3 million related to fixed income, foreign exchange, interest rates, and commodity derivative trading was offset by losses related to equity securities trading and credit portfolio management activities. For the quarter ended June 30, 2015, income of $1 million related to foreign exchange, interest rate, fixed income, and commodity derivative trading was offset by losses related to equity securities trading and credit portfolio management activities.
(b) The allocation between proprietary and nonproprietary is made based upon whether the trade is conducted for the benefit of Key or Key’s clients rather than based upon rulemaking under the Volcker Rule. For more information on prohibitions and restrictions imposed by the Volcker Rule, see the discussion under the heading “Other Regulatory Developments under the Dodd-Frank Act – ‘Volcker Rule’” in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income is one of our largest sources of noninterest income and consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. The assets under management that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 12. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, trust and investment services income decreased $1 million, or .9% and .5%, respectively. These declines were due to lower trust and asset management commissions, partially offset by an increase in insurance income.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At June 30, 2016, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management of $34.5 billion, compared to $38.4 billion at June 30, 2015. The decreases in the equity and securities lending, as shown in Figure 12, were primarily attributable to client attrition and market declines. These declines were partially offset by increases in the money market and fixed income portfolios.

Figure 12. Assets Under Management

2016 2015

in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Assets under management by investment type:

Equity

$ 20,458 $ 20,210 $ 20,199 $ 19,728 $ 21,226

Securities lending

968 1,147 1,215 2,872 4,438

Fixed income

10,053 9,789 9,705 9,823 9,899

Money market

3,056 2,961 2,864 2,735 2,836

Total

$ 34,535 $ 34,107 $ 33,983 $ 35,158 $ 38,399

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity financing fees, financial advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. Investment banking and debt placement fees decreased $43 million, or 30.5%, for the second quarter of 2016, and $40 million, or 19.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same periods one year ago. These decreases were primarily attributable to a decline in merger and acquisition advisory fees and a decline in gains on sales of commercial mortgages reflecting challenging market conditions.

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $5 million, or 7.9%, and $9 million, or 7.3%, from the three and six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same periods one year ago. These increases were primarily due to higher overdraft and account analysis fees.

105


Table of Contents

Operating lease income and other leasing gains

Operating lease income and other leasing gains decreased $6 million, or 25%, for the second quarter of 2016, and $8 million, or 18.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same periods one year ago. These declines were primarily due to lower gains realized on the sale of returned leased equipment. The expense related to the rental of leased equipment is presented in Figure 13 as “operating lease expense.”

Corporate services income

Corporate services income increased $10 million, or 23.3%, from the year-ago quarter, and $17 million, or 19.8%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. These increases were driven by higher non-yield loan fees, dealer trading and derivatives income, and foreign exchange trading income.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income, increased $5 million, or 10.6%, from the year-ago quarter, and $9 million, or 10.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. This increase was due to higher purchase card, credit card, and ATM debit card fees driven by increased volume.

Consumer mortgage income

Consumer mortgage income decreased $1 million, or 25%, from the year-ago quarter, and $2 million, or 28.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. These decreases were primarily due to lower gains on consumer mortgage loans sold.

Mortgage servicing fees

Mortgage servicing fees increased $1 million, or 11.1%, from the year-ago quarter, and were flat for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. The increase from the year-ago quarter was driven by increased service fee income on mortgage loans sold.

Other income

Other income, which consists primarily of gains on sales of loans held for sale, other service charges, and certain dealer trading income, increased $17 million, or 340%, from the year-ago quarter, and $29 million, or 120.8%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. These increases were primarily due to gains from certain real estate investments.

106


Table of Contents

Noninterest expense

As shown in Figure 13, noninterest expense was $751 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $711 million for the year-ago quarter, representing an increase of $40 million, or 5.6%. Noninterest expense included $45 million of merger-related expense, primarily made up of $35 million in personnel expense related to technology development for systems conversions and fully dedicated personnel for acquisition and integration efforts. The remaining $10 million of merger-related expense was nonpersonnel expense, largely recognized in business services and professional fees and marketing. There was no merger-related expense incurred in the second quarter of 2015.

Excluding merger-related expense, noninterest expense was $5 million lower than the second quarter of 2015. The decrease is primarily attributable to $16 million in lower personnel expense related to lower performance based compensation, along with lower net occupancy expenses and business services and professional fees. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in other expense, reflecting the impact of certain real estate investments and other miscellaneous items, along with increased non-merger related marketing expense.

For the six months ended June 30, 2016, noninterest expense increased $74 million, or 5.4%, compared to the same period one year ago. Noninterest expense included $69 million of merger-related expense, primarily made up of $51 million in personnel expense and $18 million of nonpersonnel expense.

Excluding merger-related expense, noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2016, was $5 million higher than the same period one year ago. Other expense increased $26 million, reflecting the impact of certain real estate investments, and computer processing expenses increased $8 million. These increases were partially offset by lower personnel expense related to lower performance based compensation, along with lower net occupancy expenses.

Figure 13. Noninterest Expense

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

Personnel (a)

$ 427 $ 408 $ 19 4.7 % $ 831 $ 797 $ 34 4.3 %

Net occupancy

59 66 (7 ) (10.6 ) 120 131 (11 ) (8.4 )

Computer processing

45 42 3 7.1 88 80 8 10.0

Business services and professional fees

40 42 (2 ) (4.8 ) 81 75 6 8.0

Equipment

21 22 (1 ) (4.5 ) 42 44 (2 ) (4.5 )

Operating lease expense

14 12 2 16.7 27 23 4 17.4

Marketing

22 15 7 46.7 34 23 11 47.8

FDIC assessment

8 8 17 16 1 6.3

Intangible asset amortization

7 9 (2 ) (22.2 ) 15 18 (3 ) (16.7 )

OREO expense, net

2 1 1 100.0 3 3

Other expense

106 86 20 23.3 196 170 26 15.3

Total noninterest expense

$ 751 $ 711 $ 40 5.6 % $ 1,454 $ 1,380 $ 74 5.4 %

Merger-related expense (b)

45 45 N/M 69 69 N/M

Total noninterest expense excluding merger- related expense (c)

$ 706 $ 711 $ (5 ) (.7 )% $ 1,385 $ 1,380 $ 5 .4 %

Average full-time equivalent employees (d)

13,419 13,455 (36 ) (.3 )% 13,411 13,512 (101 ) (.7 )%

(a) Additional detail provided in Figure 15 entitled “Personnel Expense.”
(b) Additional detail provided in Figure 14 entitled “Merger-Related Expense.”
(c) Non-GAAP measure. See Figure 7 entitled “GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations.”
(d) The number of average full-time equivalent employees has not been adjusted for discontinued operations.

Figure 14. Merger-Related Expense

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

Personnel (a)

$ 35 $ 35 N/M $ 51 $ 51 N/M

Business services and professional fees

5 5 N/M 12 12 N/M

Marketing

3 3 N/M 4 4 N/M

Other nonpersonnel expense

2 2 N/M 2 2 N/M

Total merger-related expense

$ 45 $ 45 N/M $ 69 $ 69 N/M

(a) Personnel expense includes technology development related to systems conversions, as well as fully-dedicated personnel for merger and integration efforts.

107


Table of Contents

Personnel

As shown in Figure 15, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $19 million, or 4.7%, for the second quarter of 2016 compared to the year-ago quarter. For the six months ended June 30, 2016, personnel expense increased $34 million, or 4.3% from the same period one year ago. Personnel expense included $35 million for the second quarter of 2016, and $51 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, of merger-related expense related to technology development for system conversions and fully dedicated personnel for acquisition and integration efforts. Personnel expense, adjusting for merger-related expense, declined $16 million from the year-ago quarter, and $17 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same period one year ago. These decreases were primarily due to lower performance based compensation and lower severance costs.

Figure 15. Personnel Expense

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

Salaries and contract labor

$ 266 $ 239 $ 27 11.3 % $ 510 $ 467 $ 43 9.2 %

Incentive and stock-based compensation

101 109 (8 ) (7.3 ) 190 192 (2 ) (1.0 )

Employee benefits

58 55 3 5.5 126 127 (1 ) (.8 )

Severance

2 5 (3 ) (60.0 ) 5 11 (6 ) (54.5 )

Total personnel expense

$ 427 $ 408 $ 19 4.7 % $ 831 $ 797 $ 34 4.3 %

Net occupancy

Net occupancy expense decreased $7 million, or 10.6 %, for the second quarter of 2016, and $11 million, or 8.4%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to the same periods one year ago. These declines were primarily due to lower rental expenses.

Operating lease expense

Operating lease expense increased $2 million, or 16.7%, from the year-ago quarter, and $4 million, or 17.4%, from the six-month period ended one year ago. These increases were due to increased depreciation expense on operating lease equipment. Income related to the rental of leased equipment is presented in Figure 10 as “operating lease income and other leasing gains.”

Other expense

Other expense comprises various miscellaneous expense items. The $20 million, or 23.3%, increase in the current quarter and the $26 million, or 15.3%, increase in the first six months of 2016 compared to the same periods one year ago reflect the impact of certain real estate investments and other miscellaneous expenses.

Income taxes

We recorded tax expense from continuing operations of $69 million for the second quarter of 2016 and $84 million for the second quarter of 2015. For the first six months of 2016, we recorded tax expense from continuing operations of $125 million, compared to $158 million for the same period one year ago.

Our federal tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate, primarily because we generate income from investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and credits associated with renewable energy and low-income housing investments.

Additional information pertaining to how our tax expense (benefit) and the resulting effective tax rates were derived is included in Note 12 (“Income Taxes”) beginning on page 184 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

108


Table of Contents

Line of Business Results

This section summarizes the financial performance and related strategic developments of our two major business segments (operating segments): Key Community Bank and Key Corporate Bank. Note 18 (“Line of Business Results”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments, provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments, and explains “Other Segments” and “Reconciling Items.”

Figure 16 summarizes the contribution made by each major business segment to our “taxable-equivalent revenue from continuing operations” and “income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key” for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

Figure 16. Major Business Segments — Taxable-Equivalent (TE) Revenue from Continuing Operations and Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to Key

Three months
ended June 30,
Change Six months
ended June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

REVENUE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (TE)

Key Community Bank

$ 598 $ 560 $ 38 6.8 % $ 1,193 $ 1,108 $ 85 7.7 %

Key Corporate Bank

452 478 (26 ) (5.4 ) 877 880 (3 ) (.3 )

Other Segments

31 43 (12 ) (27.9 ) 52 109 (57 ) (52.3 )

Total Segments

1,081 1,081 2,122 2,097 25 1.2

Reconciling Items

(3 ) (2 ) (1 ) N/M (1 ) (4 ) 3 N/M

Total

$ 1,078 $ 1,079 $ (1 ) (0.1 )% $ 2,121 $ 2,093 $ 28 1.3 %

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS ATTRIBUTABLE TO KEY

Key Community Bank

$ 81 $ 69 $ 12 17.4 % $ 154 $ 120 $ 34 28.3 %

Key Corporate Bank

135 131 4 3.1 254 258 (4 ) (1.6 )

Other Segments

24 31 (7 ) (22.6 ) 38 74 (36 ) (48.6 )

Total Segments

240 231 9 3.9 446 452 (6 ) (1.3 )

Reconciling Items

(41 ) 4 (45 ) N/M (60 ) 11 (71 ) N/M

Total

$ 199 $ 235 $ (36 ) (15.3 )% $ 386 $ 463 $ (77 ) (16.6 )%

Key Community Bank summary of operations

Positive operating leverage from prior year

Net income increased to $81 million, 17.4% growth from prior year

Commercial, financial and agricultural average loan growth of $675 million, or 5.4% from prior year

Average deposits up $3 billion, or 6.0% from the prior year

As shown in Figure 17, Key Community Bank recorded net income attributable to Key of $81 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to net income attributable to Key of $69 million for the year-ago quarter.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased by $29 million, or 8.0%, from the second quarter of 2015 due to favorable deposit rates and balance growth. Average deposits increased $3 billion, or 6.0%, from one year ago, and average loans and leases grew $229 million, or .7%. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans grew by $675 million, or 5.4%, from the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $9 million, or 4.5%, from the year-ago quarter. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $4 million, and cards and payments income and investment banking and debt placement fees each increased $3 million. These increases were partially offset by market weakness affecting Key’s Private Bank as well as lower consumer mortgage income.

The provision for credit losses increased by $22 million from the second quarter of 2015. Net loan charge-offs decreased $3 million from the same period one year ago.

Noninterest expense remained relatively stable, decreasing by $3 million, or .7%, from the year-ago quarter.

109


Table of Contents

Figure 17. Key Community Bank

Three months
ended June 30,
Change Six months
ended June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income (TE)

$ 391 $ 362 $ 29 8.0 % $ 790 $ 720 $ 70 9.7 %

Noninterest income

207 198 9 4.5 403 388 15 3.9

Total revenue (TE)

598 560 38 6.8 1,193 1,108 85 7.7

Provision for credit losses

25 3 22 733.3 66 32 34 106.3

Noninterest expense

444 447 (3 ) (.7 ) 881 884 (3 ) (.3 )

Income (loss) before income taxes (TE)

129 110 19 17.3 246 192 54 28.1

Allocated income taxes (benefit) and TE adjustments

48 41 7 17.1 92 72 20 27.8

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 81 $ 69 $ 12 17.4 % $ 154 $ 120 $ 34 28.3 %

AVERAGE BALANCES

Loans and leases

$ 30,936 $ 30,707 $ 229 .7 % $ 30,863 $ 30,684 $ 179 .6 %

Total assets

32,963 32,809 154 .5 32,910 32,789 121 .4

Deposits

53,794 50,765 3,029 6.0 53,299 50,591 2,708 5.4

Assets under management at period end

$ 34,535 $ 38,399 $ (3,864 ) (10.1 )% $ 34,535 $ 38,399 $ (3,864 ) (10.1 )%

ADDITIONAL KEY COMMUNITY BANK DATA

Three months
ended June 30,
Change Six months
ended June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

NONINTEREST INCOME

Trust and investment services income

$ 73 $ 76 $ (3 ) (3.9 )% $ 146 $ 150 $ (4 ) (2.7 )%

Services charges on deposit accounts

56 52 4 7.7 110 103 7 6.8

Cards and payments income

46 43 3 7.0 89 80 9 11.3

Other noninterest income

32 27 5 18.5 58 55 3 5.5

Total noninterest income

$ 207 $ 198 $ 9 4.5 % $ 403 $ 388 $ 15 3.9 %

AVERAGE DEPOSITS OUTSTANDING

NOW and money market deposit accounts

$ 30,144 $ 28,284 $ 1,860 6.6 % $ 29,788 $ 28,080 $ 1,708 6.1 %

Savings deposits

2,365 2,385 (20 ) (.8 ) 2,353 2,381 (28 ) (1.2 )

Certificates of deposits ($100,000 or more)

2,383 1,547 836 54.0 2,251 1,552 699 45.0

Other time deposits

3,245 3,132 113 3.6 3,221 3,171 50 1.6

Deposits in foreign office

299 (299 ) N/M 316 (316 ) N/M

Noninterest-bearing deposits

15,657 15,118 539 3.6 15,686 15,091 595 3.9

Total deposits

$ 53,794 $ 50,765 $ 3,029 6.0 % $ 53,299 $ 50,591 $ 2,708 5.4 %

HOME EQUITY LOANS

Average balance

$ 9,908 $ 10,266

Combined weighted-average loan-to-value ratio (at date of origination)

71 % 71 %

Percent first lien positions

61 60

OTHER DATA

Branches

949 989

Automated teller machines

1,236 1,280

Key Corporate Bank summary of operations

Average loan and lease balances up $3.3 billion, or 13.1% from the prior year

Net income increased to $135 million, 3.1% growth from the prior year

As shown in Figure 18, Key Corporate Bank recorded net income attributable to Key of $135 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $131 million for the same period one year ago.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income decreased by $6 million, or 2.6%, compared to the second quarter of 2015. Average loan and lease balances increased $3.3 billion, or 13.1%, from the year-ago quarter, primarily driven by growth in commercial, financial and agricultural loans. This loan growth was offset by spread compression due to higher funding costs and a decline in loan fees due to lower refinance activity from the prior year. Average deposit balances decreased $580 million, or 2.9%, from the year-ago quarter, mostly driven by lower public deposits.

Noninterest income was down $20 million, or 8.0%, from the prior year. Investment banking and debt placement fees declined $45 million, or 32.4%, due to challenging market conditions. Other noninterest income increased $15 million from the year-ago quarter mostly due to gains from certain real estate investments. Corporate services income was up $7 million, or 21.2%, due to growth in commitment fees and derivatives.

110


Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses decreased $11 million, or 26.8%, compared to the second quarter of 2015 as lower provisioning related to unfunded commitments offset higher net loan charge-offs.

Noninterest expense increased by $3 million, or 1.2%, from the second quarter of 2015. Increases in various other expense items, including operating lease expense, were partially offset by lower personnel costs.

Figure 18. Key Corporate Bank

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income (TE)

$ 222 $ 228 $ (6 ) (2.6 )% $ 440 $ 442 $ (2 ) (.5 )%

Noninterest income

230 250 (20 ) (8.0 ) 437 438 (1 ) (.2 )

Total revenue (TE)

452 478 (26 ) (5.4 ) 877 880 (3 ) (.3 )

Provision for credit losses

30 41 (11 ) (26.8 ) 73 47 26 55.3

Noninterest expense

259 256 3 1.2 495 475 20 4.2

Income (loss) before income taxes (TE)

163 181 (18 ) (9.9 ) 309 358 (49 ) (13.7 )

Allocated income taxes and TE adjustments

29 50 (21 ) (42.0 ) 57 99 (42 ) (42.4 )

Net income (loss)

134 131 3 2.3 252 259 (7 ) (2.7 )

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

(1 ) (1 ) N/M (2 ) 1 (3 ) N/M

Net income (loss) attributable to Key

$ 135 $ 131 $ 4 3.1 % $ 254 $ 258 $ (4 ) (1.6 )%

AVERAGE BALANCES

Loans and leases

$ 28,607 $ 25,298 $ 3,309 13.1 % $ 28,164 $ 25,012 $ 3,152 12.6 %

Loans held for sale

591 1,234 (643 ) (52.1 ) 701 1,006 (305 ) (30.3 )

Total assets

33,909 31,173 2,736 8.8 33,661 30,709 2,952 9.6

Deposits

19,129 19,709 (580 ) (2.9 ) 18,602 19,142 (540 ) (2.8 )

ADDITIONAL KEY CORPORATE BANK DATA

Three months ended
June 30,
Change Six months ended
June 30,
Change

dollars in millions

2016 2015 Amount Percent 2016 2015 Amount Percent

NONINTEREST INCOME

Trust and investment services income

$ 37 $ 35 $ 2 5.7 % $ 73 $ 70 $ 3 4.3 %

Investment banking and debt placement fees

94 139 (45 ) (32.4 ) 164 207 (43 ) (20.8 )

Operating lease income and other leasing gains

15 18 (3 ) (16.7 ) 28 32 (4 ) (12.5 )

Corporate services income

40 33 7 21.2 78 65 13 20.0

Service charges on deposit accounts

12 11 1 9.1 23 21 2 9.5

Cards and payments income

6 4 2 50.0 9 8 1 12.5

Payments and services income

58 48 10 20.8 110 94 16 17.0

Mortgage servicing fees

10 9 1 11.1 22 22

Other noninterest income

16 1 15 N/M 40 13 27 207.7

Total noninterest income

$ 230 $ 250 $ (20 ) (8.0 )% $ 437 $ 438 $ (1 ) (.2 )%

Other Segments

Other Segments consist of Corporate Treasury, Key’s Principal Investing unit and various exit portfolios. Other Segments generated net income attributable to Key of $24 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $31 million for the same period last year. This decline was largely attributable to spread compression.

111


Table of Contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

At June 30, 2016, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $62.1 billion, compared to $59.9 billion at December 31, 2015, and $58.3 billion at June 30, 2015. The increase in our outstanding loans from continuing operations over the past twelve months results primarily from increased lending activity in our commercial, financial and agricultural and commercial mortgage portfolios. Loans related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business, which are excluded from total loans at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, totaled $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion, and $2 billion, respectively. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale” on page 121 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $46.8 billion at June 30, 2016, an increase of $4.4 billion, or 10.4%, compared to June 30, 2015.

112


Table of Contents

Figure 19 provides our commercial loan portfolios by industry classification at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015.

Figure 19. Commercial Loans by Industry

June 30, 2016

dollars in millions

Commercial,
financial and
agricultural
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
lease financing
Total commercial
loans
Percent of
total

Industry classification:

Agricultural

$ 697 $ 155 $ 147 $ 999 2.1 %

Automotive

1,799 440 66 2,305 4.9

Business products

1,127 111 31 1,269 2.7

Business services

2,387 109 281 2,777 5.9

Commercial real estate

4,317 5,685 2 10,004 21.4

Construction materials and contractors

905 142 64 1,111 2.4

Consumer discretionary

2,754 337 247 3,338 7.1

Consumer services

1,696 403 68 2,167 4.6

Equipment

1,304 70 83 1,457 3.1

Financial

3,342 65 252 3,659 7.8

Healthcare

2,928 1,462 452 4,842 10.3

Materials manufacturing and mining

2,430 162 185 2,777 5.9

Media

321 32 68 421 .9

Oil and gas

1,083 56 54 1,193 2.5

Public exposure

1,592 144 877 2,613 5.6

Technology

402 4 16 422 .9

Transportation

781 82 840 1,703 3.6

Utilities

3,092 3 255 3,350 7.2

Other

419 1 420 .9

Total

$ 33,376 $ 9,463 $ 3,988 $ 46,827 100.0 %

December 31, 2015

dollars in millions

Commercial,
financial and
agricultural
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
lease financing
Total commercial
loans
Percent of
total

Industry classification:

Agricultural

$ 745 $ 147 $ 143 $ 1,035 2.3 %

Automotive

1,736 387 31 2,154 4.9

Business products

1,093 115 40 1,248 2.8

Business services

2,222 116 293 2,631 5.9

Commercial real estate

3,906 5,387 2 9,295 21.0

Construction materials and contractors

750 141 67 958 2.2

Consumer discretionary

2,521 347 270 3,138 7.1

Consumer services

1,683 452 73 2,208 5.0

Equipment

1,170 79 50 1,299 2.9

Financial

3,347 68 270 3,685 8.3

Healthcare

3,089 1,281 493 4,863 11.0

Materials manufacturing and mining

2,074 164 183 2,421 5.5

Media

349 22 88 459 1.0

Oil and gas

1,080 52 67 1,199 2.7

Public exposure

1,477 148 856 2,481 5.6

Technology

354 5 22 381 .9

Transportation

806 90 836 1,732 3.9

Utilities

2,482 5 236 2,723 6.2

Other

356 6 362 .8

Total

$ 31,240 $ 9,012 $ 4,020 $ 44,272 100.0 %

June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Commercial,
financial and
agricultural
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
lease financing
Total commercial
loans
Percent of
total

Industry classification:

Agricultural

$ 682 $ 143 $ 126 $ 951 2.2 %

Automotive

1,680 410 43 2,133 5.0

Business products

1,142 124 39 1,305 3.1

Business services

2,102 122 298 2,522 5.9

Commercial real estate

3,341 5,392 3 8,736 20.6

Construction materials and contractors

779 151 66 996 2.3

Consumer discretionary

2,564 332 250 3,146 7.4

Consumer services

1,549 481 75 2,105 5.0

Equipment

1,204 77 67 1,348 3.2

Financial

2,940 64 258 3,262 7.7

Healthcare

2,652 1,306 509 4,467 10.5

Materials manufacturing and mining

2,244 169 177 2,590 6.1

Media

350 16 100 466 1.1

Oil and gas

987 44 63 1,094 2.6

Public exposure

1,389 184 838 2,411 5.7

Technology

326 5 11 342 .8

Transportation

859 93 855 1,807 4.3

Utilities

2,133 4 232 2,369 5.6

Other

362 11 373 .9

Total

$ 29,285 $ 9,128 $ 4,010 $ 42,423 100.0 %

113


Table of Contents

Commercial, financial and agricultural. Our commercial, financial and agricultural loans, also referred to as “commercial and industrial,” represented 54% of our total loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, 52% at December 31, 2015, and 50% at June 30, 2015, and is the largest component of our total loans. These loans are originated by both Key Corporate Bank and Key Community Bank and consist of fixed and variable rate loans to our large, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $4.1 billion, or 14%, from the same period last year, with Key Corporate Bank increasing $3.6 billion, Key Community Bank up $474 million, and Other Segments increasing $4 million. We have experienced growth in new high credit quality loan commitments and utilization with clients in our middle market segment and Institutional and Capital Markets business. Our two largest industry classifications — commercial real estate and financial — increased by 29.2% and 13.7%, respectively, when compared to one year ago. The commercial real estate and financial industries represented approximately 13% and 10%, respectively, of the total commercial, financial and agricultural loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, and approximately 11% and 10%, respectively, at June 30, 2015. In addition, utilities and healthcare, which each represented approximately 9% of the commercial, financial and agricultural loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, increased 45% and 10.4%, respectively, from one year ago. Utilities were higher due to alternative energy project financings, which predominantly rely directly or indirectly on the creditworthiness of public utilities. Healthcare grew due to a focus on more institutional-scale sponsor/owners of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities.

Our oil and gas loan portfolio focuses on lending to middle market companies and represents approximately 2% of total loans outstanding at June 30, 2016. Our oil and gas portfolio represented $1.1 billion of outstanding commercial, financial and agricultural loans at June 30, 2016. In addition, the commercial real estate and commercial lease financing loan portfolios also include $56 million and $54 million, respectively, of outstanding oil and gas loans at June 30, 2016. We have nearly 15 years of experience in energy lending with over 20 specialists dedicated to this sector, focusing on middle market companies, which is aligned with our relationship strategy.

The upstream segment, comprising oil and gas exploration and production, represents approximately 57% of our exposure, is primarily secured by oil and gas reserves, subject to a borrowing base, and regularly stress-tested. The midstream segment, comprising mostly distribution companies, has lower exposure to commodity risk. Oil field services exposure is minimal and concentrated in very few borrowers. This mix was essentially unchanged from the prior year. Our total commitments in the oil and gas sector were approximately $3.1 billion at June 30, 2016.

Commercial real estate loans . Our commercial real estate lending business is conducted through two primary sources: our 12-state banking franchise, and KeyBank Real Estate Capital, a national line of business that cultivates relationships with owners of commercial real estate located both within and beyond the branch system. This line of business deals primarily with nonowner-occupied properties (generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties) and accounted for approximately 70% of our average year-to-date commercial real estate loans, compared to 67% one year ago. KeyBank Real Estate Capital generally focuses on larger owners and operators of commercial real estate.

Commercial real estate loans totaled $9.5 billion at June 30, 2016, and $9.1 billion at June 30, 2015, and represented 15% and 16% of our total loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively. These loans, which include both owner- and nonowner-occupied properties, represented 20% and 22% of our commercial loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively. We continue to de-risk the portfolio by changing our focus from developers to owners of completed and stabilized commercial real estate.

Figure 20 includes commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Key Community Bank and Key Corporate Bank. As shown in Figure 20, this loan portfolio is diversified by both property type and geographic location of the underlying collateral.

As presented in Figure 20, at June 30, 2016, our commercial real estate portfolio included mortgage loans of $8.6 billion and construction loans of $881 million, representing 14% and 1%, respectively, of our total loans. At June 30, 2016, nonowner-occupied loans represented 11% of our total loans and owner-occupied loans represented 4% of our total loans. The average size of mortgage loans originated during the second quarter of 2016 was $8.8 million, and our largest mortgage loan at June 30, 2016, had a balance of $109.5 million. At June 30, 2016, our average construction loan commitment was $7.9 million, our largest construction loan commitment was $50.5 million, and our largest construction loan amount outstanding was $30.1 million.

Also shown in Figure 20, 74% of our commercial real estate loans at June 30, 2016, were for nonowner-occupied properties compared to 71% at June 30, 2015. Approximately 12% of these loans were construction loans at June 30, 2016, compared

114


Table of Contents

to 17% at June 30, 2015. Typically, these properties are not fully leased at the origination of the loan. The borrower relies upon additional leasing through the life of the loan to provide the cash flow necessary to support debt service payments. A significant decline in economic growth, and in turn rental rates and occupancy, would adversely affect our portfolio of construction loans.

Figure 20. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic Region Total Percent of
Total
Construction Commercial
Mortgage

dollars in millions

West Southwest Central Midwest Southeast Northeast National

June 30, 2016

Nonowner-occupied:

Retail properties

$ 231 $ 66 $ 79 $ 149 $ 192 $ 89 $ 168 $ 974 10.3 % $ 77 $ 897

Multifamily properties

370 185 528 579 1,086 156 169 3,073 32.5 500 2,573

Health facilities

248 134 89 471 237 49 1,228 13.0 83 1,145

Office buildings

76 7 153 116 120 49 3 524 5.5 33 491

Warehouses

104 8 45 99 60 77 185 578 6.1 60 518

Manufacturing facilities

6 2 10 16 3 58 95 1.0 95

Hotels/Motels

70 16 6 6 98 1.0 98

Residential properties

1 45 5 7 58 .6 24 34

Land and development

9 1 3 9 3 25 .3 18 7

Other

60 12 3 13 46 94 133 361 3.8 12 349

Total nonowner-occupied

1,175 278 1,006 1,069 2,000 721 765 7,014 74.1 807 6,207

Owner-occupied

904 339 592 14 600 2,449 25.9 74 2,375

Total

$ 2,079 $ 278 $ 1,345 $ 1,661 $ 2,014 $ 1,321 $ 765 $ 9,463 100.0 % $ 881 $ 8,582

December 31, 2015

Total

$ 2,163 $ 277 $ 1,309 $ 1,671 $ 1,721 $ 1,282 $ 589 $ 9,012 $ 1,053 $ 7,959

June 30, 2015

Total

$ 2,424 $ 240 $ 1,390 $ 1,660 $ 1,473 $ 1,349 $ 592 $ 9,128 $ 1,254 $ 7,874

June 30, 2016

Nonowner-occupied:

Nonperforming loans

$ 17 $ 5 $ 4 $ 26 N/M $ 19 $ 7

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

2 2 4 N/M 4

Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days

$ N/M

West – Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest – Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central – Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest – Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast – Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast – Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National – Accounts in three or more regions

During the first six months of 2016, nonperforming loans related to nonowner-occupied properties increased by $10 million from December 31, 2015, to $26 million at June 30, 2016, and increased by $10 million when compared to June 30, 2015. Our nonowner-occupied commercial real estate portfolio has increased by 7.8%, or approximately $508 million, since June 30, 2015, as many of our clients have taken advantage of opportunities to permanently refinance their loans at historically low interest rates.

Commercial lease financing. We conduct commercial lease financing arrangements through our KEF line of business and have both the scale and array of products to compete in the equipment lease financing business. Commercial lease financing receivables represented 9% of commercial loans at both June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

Commercial loan modification and restructuring

We modify and extend certain commercial loans in the normal course of business for our clients. Loan modifications vary and are handled on a case-by-case basis with strategies responsive to the specific circumstances of each loan and borrower. In many cases, borrowers have other resources and can reinforce the credit with additional capital, collateral, guarantees, or other income sources.

Modifications are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan credit quality while at the same time meeting our clients’ financing needs. Modifications made to loans of creditworthy borrowers not experiencing financial difficulties and under circumstances where ultimate collection of all principal and interest is not in doubt are not classified as TDRs. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, a loan is classified as a TDR only when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a creditor concession has been granted.

115


Table of Contents

Our concession types are primarily interest rate reductions, forgiveness of principal, and other modifications. Loan extensions are sometimes coupled with these primary concession types. Because economic conditions have improved modestly and we have restructured loans to provide the optimal opportunity for successful repayment by the borrower, certain of our restructured loans have returned to accrual status and consistently performed under the restructured loan terms over the past year.

If loan terms are extended at less than normal market rates for similar lending arrangements, our Asset Recovery Group is consulted to help determine if any concession granted would result in designation as a TDR. Transfer to our Asset Recovery Group is considered for any commercial loan determined to be a TDR. During the first six months of 2016, we had $7 million of new restructured commercial loans compared to $48 million new restructured commercial loans during the first six months of 2015.

For more information on concession types for our commercial accruing and nonaccruing TDRs, see Note 4 (“Asset Quality”).

Figure 21. Commercial TDRs by Accrual Status

in millions

June 30,
2016
March 31,
2016
December 31,
2015
September 30,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial TDRs by Accrual Status

Nonaccruing

$ 33 $ 50 $ 52 $ 57 $ 66

Accruing

20 2 2 4 4

Total Commercial TDRs

$ 53 $ 52 $ 54 $ 61 $ 70

We often use an A-B note structure for our TDRs, breaking the existing loan into two tranches. First, we create an A note. Since the objective of this TDR note structure is to achieve a fully performing and well-rated A note, we focus on sizing that note to a level that is supported by cash flow available to service debt at current market terms and consistent with our customary underwriting standards. This note structure typically will include a debt coverage ratio of 1.2 or better of cash flow to monthly payments of market interest, and principal amortization of generally not more than 25 years. These metrics are adjusted from time to time based upon changes in long-term markets and “take-out underwriting standards” of our various lines of business. Appropriately sized A notes are more likely to return to accrual status, allowing us to resume recognizing interest income. As the borrower’s payment performance improves, these restructured notes typically also allow for an upgraded internal quality risk rating classification.

The B note typically is a structurally subordinate note that may or may not require any debt service until the primary payment source stabilizes and generates excess cash flow. This excess cash flow customarily is captured for application to either the A note or B note dependent upon the terms of the restructure. We evaluate the B note when we consider returning the A note to accrual status. In many cases, the B note is charged off at the same time the A note is returned to accrual status in accordance with our interpretation of accounting and regulatory guidance applicable to TDRs. Alternatively, both A and B notes may be simultaneously returned to accrual if credit metrics are supportive.

Restructured nonaccrual loans may be returned to accrual status based on a current, well-documented evaluation of the credit, which would include analysis of the borrower’s financial condition, prospects for repayment under the modified terms, and alternate sources of repayment such as the value of loan collateral. We consider the borrower’s ability to perform under the modified terms for a reasonable period (generally a minimum of six months) before returning the loan to accrual status. Sustained historical repayment performance prior to the restructuring also may be taken into account. The primary consideration for returning a restructured loan to accrual status is the reasonable assurance that the full contractual principal balance of the loan and the ongoing contractually required interest payments will be fully repaid. Although our policy is a guideline, considerable judgment is required to review each borrower’s circumstances.

All loans processed as TDRs, including A notes and any non-charged-off B notes, are reported as TDRs during the calendar year in which the restructure took place. At June 30, 2016, we had $52 million and $2 million of A note and B note commercial TDRs, respectively.

Additional information regarding TDRs is provided in Note 4 (“Asset Quality”).

116


Table of Contents

Extensions. Project loans typically are refinanced into the permanent commercial loan market at maturity, but they are often modified and extended. Extension terms take into account the specific circumstances of the client relationship, the status of the project, and near-term prospects for the client, the repayment source, and the collateral. In all cases, pricing and loan structure are reviewed and, where necessary, modified to ensure the loan has been priced to achieve a market rate of return and loan terms that are appropriate for the risk. Typical enhancements include one or more of the following: principal pay down, increased amortization, additional collateral, increased guarantees, and a cash flow sweep. Some maturing loans have automatic extension options built in; in those cases, pricing and loan terms cannot be altered.

Loan pricing is determined based on the strength of the borrowing entity, the strength of the guarantor, if any, and the structure and residual risk of the transaction. Therefore, pricing for an extended loan may remain the same because the loan is already priced at or above current market.

We do not consider loan extensions in the normal course of business (under existing loan terms or at market rates) as TDRs, particularly when ultimate collection of all principal and interest is not in doubt and no concession has been made. In the case of loan extensions where either collection of all principal and interest is uncertain or a concession has been made, we would analyze such credit under the applicable accounting guidance to determine whether it qualifies as a TDR. Extensions that qualify as TDRs are measured for impairment under the applicable accounting guidance.

Guarantors. We conduct a detailed guarantor analysis (1) for all new extensions of credit, (2) at the time of any material modification/extension, and (3) typically annually, as part of our on-going portfolio and loan monitoring procedures. This analysis requires the guarantor entity to submit all appropriate financial statements, including balance sheets, income statements, tax returns, and real estate schedules.

While the specific steps of each guarantor analysis may vary, the high-level objectives include determining the overall financial conditions of the guarantor entities, including size, quality, and nature of asset base; net worth (adjusted to reflect our opinion of market value); leverage; standing liquidity; recurring cash flow; contingent and direct debt obligations; and near-term debt maturities.

Borrower and guarantor financial statements are required at least annually within 90-120 days of the calendar/fiscal year end. Income statements and rent rolls for project collateral are required quarterly. We may require certain information, such as liquidity, certifications, status of asset sales or debt resolutions, and real estate schedules, to be provided more frequently.

We routinely seek performance from guarantors of impaired debt if the guarantor is solvent. We may not seek to enforce the guaranty if we are precluded by bankruptcy or we determine the cost to pursue a guarantor exceeds the value to be returned given the guarantor’s verified financial condition. We often are successful in obtaining either monetary payment or the cooperation of our solvent guarantors to help mitigate loss, cost, and the expense of collections.

Mortgage and construction loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 1.0 are accounted for as performing loans. These loans were not considered impaired due to one or more of the following factors: (i) underlying cash flow adequate to service the debt at a market rate of return with adequate amortization; (ii) a satisfactory borrower payment history; and (iii) acceptable guarantor support. As of June 30, 2016, we did not have any mortgage and construction loans that had a loan-to-value ratio greater than 1.0.

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding decreased by $570 million, or 4%, from one year ago. The home equity portfolio is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio. Approximately 98% of this portfolio at June 30, 2016, was originated from our Key Community Bank within our 12-state footprint. The remainder of the portfolio, which has been in an exit mode since the fourth quarter of 2007, was originated from the Consumer Finance line of business and is now included in Other Segments. Home equity loans in Key Community Bank decreased by $417 million, or 4%, over the past twelve months.

As shown in Figure 17, we held the first lien position for approximately 61% of the Key Community Bank home equity portfolio at June 30, 2016, and 60% at June 30, 2015. For consumer loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent Fair Isaac Corporation scores as well as original and updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” beginning on page 122 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

117


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2016, 39% of our home equity portfolio was secured by second lien mortgages. On at least a quarterly basis, we continue to monitor the risk characteristics of these loans when determining whether our loss estimation methods are appropriate.

Figure 22 summarizes our home equity loan portfolio at the end of each of the last five quarters, as well as certain asset quality statistics and yields on the portfolio as a whole.

Figure 22. Home Equity Loans

2016 2015

dollars in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Home Equity Loans

$ 10,062 $ 10,149 $ 10,335 $ 10,504 $ 10,532

Nonperforming loans at period end

$ 189 $ 191 $ 190 $ 181 $ 184

Net loan charge-offs for the period

3 7 5 3 8

Yield for the period

4.04 % 4.06 % 3.97 % 3.96 % 3.98 %

Loans held for sale

As shown in Note 3 (“Loans and Loans Held for Sale”), our loans held for sale decreased to $442 million at June 30, 2016, from $639 million at December 31, 2015, and from $835 million at June 30, 2015.

At June 30, 2016, loans held for sale included $150 million of commercial, financial and agricultural loans, which decreased $67 million from June 30, 2015, $270 million of commercial mortgage loans, which decreased $306 million from June 30, 2015, $19 million of residential mortgage loans, which decreased $16 million from June 30, 2015, and $3 million of commercial lease financing loans, which decreased $4 million from June 30, 2015.

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 23, during the first six months of 2016, we sold $2.4 billion of commercial real estate loans, $200 million of residential real estate loans, $209 million of commercial lease financing loans, and $129 million of commercial loans. Most of these sales came from the held-for-sale portfolio; however, $72 million of these loan sales related to the held-to-maturity portfolio.

Loan sales classified as held for sale generated net gains of $31 million in the first six months of 2016 and are included in “investment banking and debt placement fees” and “other income” on the income statement.

Among the factors that we consider in determining which loans to sell are:

our business strategy for particular lending areas;

whether particular lending businesses meet established performance standards or fit with our relationship banking strategy;

our A/LM needs;

the cost of alternative funding sources;

the level of credit risk;

capital requirements; and

market conditions and pricing.

Figure 23 summarizes our loan sales for the first six months of 2016 and all of 2015.

118


Table of Contents

Figure 23. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

in millions

Commercial Commercial
Real Estate
Commercial
Lease
Financing
Residential
Real Estate
Total

2016

Second quarter

$ 83 $ 1,518 $ 121 $ 111 $ 1,833

First quarter

46 925 88 89 1,148

Total

$ 129 $ 2,443 $ 209 $ 200 $ 2,981

2015

Fourth quarter

$ 86 $ 1,570 $ 204 $ 104 $ 1,964

Third quarter

150 1,246 100 142 1,638

Second quarter

41 2,210 48 188 2,487

First quarter

58 1,010 63 120 1,251

Total

$ 335 $ 6,036 $ 415 $ 554 $ 7,340

Figure 24 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us, but not recorded on the balance sheet, and includes loans that were sold.

Figure 24. Loans Administered or Serviced

in millions

June 30,
2016
March 31,
2016
December 31,
2015
September 30,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial real estate loans

$ 213,879 $ 214,756 $ 211,274 $ 206,893 $ 203,315

Education loans

1,226 1,280 1,339 1,398 1,459

Commercial lease financing

930 891 932 779 709

Commercial loans

355 347 335 340 337

Total

$ 216,390 $ 217,274 $ 213,880 $ 209,410 $ 205,820

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $2 billion of the $216 billion of loans administered or serviced at June 30, 2016. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 15 (“Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing of commercial real estate loans.

Securities

Our securities portfolio totaled $19.4 billion at June 30, 2016, compared to $19.1 billion at December 31, 2015, and $19.3 billion at June 30, 2015. Available-for-sale securities were $14.6 billion at June 30, 2016, compared to $14.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and $14.3 billion at June 30, 2015. Held-to-maturity securities were $4.8 billion at June 30, 2016, compared to $4.9 billion at December 31, 2015, and $5 billion at June 30, 2015.

As shown in Figure 25, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available for sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA and traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 6 (“Securities”).

119


Table of Contents

Figure 25. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer

in millions

June 30,
2016
December 31,
2015
June 30,
2015

FHLMC

$ 4,001 $ 4,349 $ 5,037

FNMA

5,330 4,511 5,085

GNMA

9,999 10,152 9,083

Total (a)

$ 19,330 $ 19,012 $ 19,205

(a) Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements. At June 30, 2016, we had $14.5 billion invested in CMOs and other mortgage-backed securities in the available-for-sale portfolio, compared to $14.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and $14.2 billion at June 30, 2015.

We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.

In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.

Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements include ongoing loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.

120


Table of Contents

Figure 26 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 6.

Figure 26. Securities Available for Sale

dollars in millions

States and
Political
Subdivisions
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations (a)
Other
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities (a)
Other
Securities (b)
Total Weighted-
Average
Yield (c)

June 30, 2016

Remaining maturity:

One year or less

$ 1 $ 239 $ 12 $ 252 3.13 %

After one through five years

11 12,279 1,346 $ 13 13,649 2.09

After five through ten years

642 7 649 2.12

After ten years

2 2 5.59

Fair value

$ 12 $ 12,518 $ 2,002 $ 20 $ 14,552

Amortized cost

11 12,344 1,970 21 14,346 2.11 %

Weighted-average yield (c)

6.22 % 2.09 % 2.22 % 2.11 % (d)

Weighted-average maturity

2.9 years 3.5 years 4.2 years 3.9 years 3.6 years

December 31, 2015

Fair value

$ 14 $ 11,995 $ 2,189 $ 20 $ 14,218

Amortized cost

14 12,082 2,193 21 14,310 2.14 %

June 30, 2015

Fair value

$ 19 $ 11,751 $ 2,452 $ 22 $ 14,244

Amortized cost

19 11,765 2,439 20 14,243 2.13 %

(a) Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b) Includes primarily marketable equity securities.
(c) Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%.
(d) Excludes $20 million of securities at June 30, 2016, that have no stated yield.

Held-to-maturity securities

Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities constitute essentially all of our held-to-maturity securities. The remaining balance comprises foreign bonds and capital securities. Figure 27 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 27. Held-to-Maturity Securities

dollars in millions

Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
Other
Mortgage-backed
Securities
Other
Securities
Total Weighted-
Average
Yield (a)

June 30, 2016

Remaining maturity:

One year or less

$ 77 $ 9 $ 86 2.41 %

After one through five years

4,022 13 4,035 1.90

After five through ten years

$ 711 711 2.70

After ten years

Amortized cost

$ 4,099 $ 711 $ 22 $ 4,832 2.03 %

Fair value

4,138 729 22 4,889

Weighted-average yield

1.91 % 2.70 % 2.61 % (b) 2.03 % (b)

Weighted-average maturity

3.1 years 7.5 years 1.7 years 3.7 years

December 31, 2015

Amortized cost

$ 4,174 $ 703 $ 20 $ 4,897 2.01 %

Fair value

4,129 699 20 4,848

June 30, 2015

Amortized cost

$ 4,463 $ 539 $ 20 $ 5,022 1.97 %

Fair value

4,437 535 20 4,992

(a) Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%.
(b) Excludes $5 million of securities at June 30, 2016, that have no stated yield.

121


Table of Contents

Other investments

Principal investments — investments in equity and debt instruments made by our Principal Investing unit — represented 39%, 46%, and 50% of other investments at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively. They include direct investments (investments made in a particular company) as well as indirect investments (investments made through funds that include other investors). Principal investments are predominantly made in privately held companies and are carried at fair value. The fair value of the direct investments was $40 million at June 30, 2016, $69 million at December 31, 2015, and $70 million at June 30, 2015, while the fair value of the indirect investments was $184 million at June 30, 2016, $235 million at December 31, 2015, and $282 million at June 30, 2015. Under the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we will be required to dispose of some or all of our indirect principal investments. The Federal Reserve extended the conformance period to July 21, 2017, for all banking entities with respect to covered funds. Key is permitted to file for an additional extension of up to five years for illiquid funds, to retain the indirect investments for a longer period of time. We plan to continue to evaluate our options, including applying for the extension and holding the investments. Additional information about this investment is provided in the “Principal investments” section of Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”). For more information about the Volcker Rule, see the discussion in Item 1 under the heading “Other Regulatory Developments under the Dodd-Frank Act — ‘Volcker Rule’” in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation” beginning on page 17 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

In addition to principal investments, “other investments” include other equity and mezzanine instruments, such as certain real-estate-related investments and an indirect ownership interest in a partnership, that are carried at fair value, as well as other types of investments that generally are carried at cost. The real-estate-related investments were valued at $8 million at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and $9 million at June 30, 2015. The indirect investment in a partnership was valued at $4 million at June 30, 2015. Under the requirements of the Volcker Rule, we were required to dispose of this investment, which was redeemed prior to December 31, 2015. Additional information pertaining to the equity investment is included in the “Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis” section of Note 5.

Most of our other investments are not traded on an active market. We determine the fair value at which these investments should be recorded based on the nature of the specific investment and all available relevant information. This review may encompass such factors as the issuer’s past financial performance and future potential, the values of public companies in comparable businesses, the risks associated with the particular business or investment type, current market conditions, the nature and duration of resale restrictions, the issuer’s payment history, our knowledge of the industry, third-party data, and other relevant factors. During the first six months of 2016, net gains from our principal investing activities (including results attributable to noncontrolling interests) totaled $11 million, which includes $45 million of net unrealized losses. These net losses are recorded as “net gains (losses) from principal investing” on the income statement. Additional information regarding these investments is provided in Note 5.

Deposits and other sources of funds

Domestic deposits are our primary source of funding. The composition of our average deposits is shown in Figure 8 in the section entitled “Net interest income.” During the second quarter of 2016, average domestic deposits were $73.9 billion and represented 84% of the funds we used to support loans and other earning assets, compared to $70.3 billion and 85% during the second quarter of 2015. Interest-bearing deposits increased $4.9 billion driven by a $3.6 billion increase in NOW and money market deposit accounts and a $1.3 billion increase in certificates of deposit and other time deposits. The increase in average deposits from the year-ago quarter reflects core deposit growth in our retail banking franchise, growth in escrow deposits from the commercial mortgage servicing business, and commercial deposit inflows. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 billion decline in noninterest-bearing deposits.

Wholesale funds, consisting of deposits in our foreign office and short-term borrowings, averaged $1 billion during the second quarter of 2016, compared to $1.8 billion during the second quarter of 2015. The change from the second quarter of 2015 was caused by declines of $583 million in foreign office deposits and $220 million in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, partially offset by an increase of $37 million in bank notes and other short-term borrowings.

122


Table of Contents

Capital

At June 30, 2016, our shareholders’ equity was $11.3 billion, up $567 million from December 31, 2015. The following sections discuss certain factors that contributed to this change. For other factors that contributed to the change, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited).

CCAR and capital actions

As part of its ongoing supervisory process, the Federal Reserve requires BHCs like KeyCorp to submit an annual comprehensive capital plan and to update that plan to reflect material changes in the BHC’s risk profile, business strategies, or corporate structure, including but not limited to changes in planned capital actions. The 2015 capital plan, which was effective through the second quarter of 2016, included a common share repurchase program of up to $725 million, which included repurchases to offset issuances of common shares under our employee compensation plans. Common share repurchases under the 2015 capital plan began in the second quarter of 2015 and were suspended in the fourth quarter of 2015 in connection with the announcement of our acquisition of First Niagara. In April 2016, we submitted to the Federal Reserve and provided to the OCC our 2016 capital plan under the annual CCAR process. On June 29, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to our 2016 capital plan. Share repurchases of up to $350 million were included in the 2016 capital plan, which is effective through the second quarter of 2017. We anticipate repurchasing common shares in the third quarter of 2016 following the completion of the acquisition of First Niagara.

Dividends

As previously reported, our 2015 capital plan proposed an increase in our quarterly common share dividend from $.075 to $.085 per share, which was approved by our Board in May 2016. An additional potential increase in our quarterly common share dividend, up to $.095 per share, will be considered by the Board for the second quarter of 2017, consistent with the 2016 capital plan. Further information regarding the capital planning process and CCAR is included under the heading “Regulatory capital and liquidity” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section beginning on page 10 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Consistent with the 2015 capital plan, we made a dividend payment of $.085 per share, or $72 million, on our common shares during the second quarter of 2016.

We also made quarterly a dividend payment of $1.9375 per share, or $5.6 million, on our Series A Preferred Stock during the second quarter of 2016.

Common shares outstanding

Our common shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 26,501 holders of record at June 30, 2016. Our book value per common share was $13.08 based on 842.7 million shares outstanding at June 30, 2016, compared to $12.51 per common share based on 835.8 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2015, and $12.21 per common share based on 843.6 million shares outstanding at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, our tangible book value per common share was $11.81, compared to $11.22 per common share at December 31, 2015, and $10.92 per common share at June 30, 2015.

Figure 28 shows activities that caused the change in outstanding common shares over the past five quarters.

Figure 28. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2016 2015

in thousands

Second First Fourth Third Second

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

842,290 835,751 835,285 843,608 850,920

Common shares repurchased

(8,386 ) (8,794 )

Shares reissued (returned) under employee benefit plans

413 6,539 466 63 1,482

Shares outstanding at end of period

842,703 842,290 835,751 835,285 843,608

As shown above, common shares outstanding increased by .4 million shares during the second quarter of 2016 due to the net activity in our employee benefit plans.

123


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2016, we had 174.3 million treasury shares, compared to 181.2 million treasury shares at December 31, 2015, and 173.4 million treasury shares at June 30, 2015. Going forward we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Information on repurchases of common shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 2. “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” of this report.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at June 30, 2016. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse credit cycle while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 2 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 11.18% at June 30, 2016, compared to 11.30% at December 31, 2015, and 11.19% at June 30, 2015. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 9.95% at June 30, 2016, compared to 9.98% at December 31, 2015, and 9.86% at June 30, 2015.

Federal banking regulators have promulgated minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements for BHCs like KeyCorp and their banking subsidiaries like KeyBank. As of January 1, 2016, Key and KeyBank (consolidated) were each required to maintain a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. At June 30, 2016, our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, total risk-based capital ratio, and Tier 1 leverage ratio were 11.41%, 13.63%, and 10.59%, respectively, compared to 11.35%, 12.97%, and 10.72%, respectively, at December 31, 2015, and 11.11%, 12.66%, and 10.74%, respectively, at June 30, 2015. In addition, as of January 1, 2016, Key and KeyBank (consolidated) were each required to maintain a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%. At June 30, 2016, our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 11.10%.

The adoption of the Regulatory Capital Rules changes the regulatory capital standards that apply to BHCs by phasing out the treatment of capital securities and cumulative preferred securities as eligible Tier 1 capital. The phase-out period, which began January 1, 2015, for standardized approach banking organizations such as KeyCorp, resulted in our trust preferred securities issued by the KeyCorp capital trusts being treated only as Tier 2 capital starting in 2016. The new minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of Key at June 30, 2016, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “New minimum capital and leverage ratio requirements” in the “Supervision and regulation” section in Item 2 of this report.

As previously indicated in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1 of our 2015 Form 10-K under the heading “Revised prompt corrective action capital category ratios,” the prompt corrective action capital category regulations do not apply to BHCs. If, however, these regulations did apply to BHCs, we believe KeyCorp would qualify for the “well capitalized” capital category at June 30, 2016. The threshold ratios for a “well capitalized” and an “adequately capitalized” institution under the Regulatory Capital Rules are described in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1 of this report under the heading “Revised prompt corrective action capital category ratios.” Since the regulatory capital categories under these regulations serve a limited supervisory function, investors should not use them as a representation of the overall financial condition or prospects of KeyCorp. A discussion of the regulatory capital standards and other related capital adequacy regulatory standards is included in the section “Regulatory capital and liquidity” in “Supervision and Regulation” under Item 1 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

Traditionally, the banking regulators have assessed bank and BHC capital adequacy based on both the amount and composition of capital, the calculation of which is prescribed in federal banking regulations. The capital modifications mandated by the Regulatory Capital Rules, which became effective on January 1, 2015, for Key, require higher and better-quality capital and introduced a new capital measure, “Common Equity Tier 1.” Common Equity Tier 1 is not formally defined by GAAP and is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure. Figure 7 in the “Highlights of Our Performance” section reconciles Key shareholders’ equity, the GAAP performance measure, to Common Equity Tier 1, the corresponding non-GAAP measure. Our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 11.10% at June 30, 2016.

At June 30, 2016, for Key’s consolidated operations, we had a federal net deferred tax asset of $91 million and a state deferred tax asset of $13 million, compared to a federal net deferred tax asset of $210 million and a state deferred tax asset of $25 million at June 30, 2015. We had a valuation allowance against the gross deferred tax assets associated with certain state net operating loss carryforwards and state credit carryforwards of less than $1 million at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. Starting with the implementation of the Regulatory Capital Rules on January 1, 2015, deferred tax assets that arise from net

124


Table of Contents

operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are deductible from Common Equity Tier 1 on a phase-in basis. As of June 30, 2016, this balance was $1 million.

Figure 29 represents the details of our regulatory capital position at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, under the Regulatory Capital Rules.

Figure 29. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets (Regulatory Capital Rules)

dollars in millions

June 30,
2016
December
31, 2015
June 30,
2015

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1

Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)

$ 11,313 $ 10,746 $ 10,590

Less: Series A Preferred Stock (a)

281 281 281

Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions

11,032 10,465 10,309

Less: Goodwill, net of deferred taxes

1,031 1,034 1,034

Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes

30 26 33

Deferred tax assets

1 1 1

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes

129 (58 )

Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes

77 (20 ) (20 )

Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes

(362 ) (365 ) (361 )

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

$ 10,126 $ 9,847 $ 9,622

TIER 1 CAPITAL

Common Equity Tier 1

$ 10,126 $ 9,847 $ 9,622

Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus

281 281 281

Non-qualifying capital instruments subject to phase out

85 85

Less: Deductions

1 1 1

Total Tier 1 capital

10,406 10,212 9,987

TIER 2 CAPITAL

Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus

1,101 578 521

Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (b)

925 881 863

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale preferred stock classified as an equity security

1

Less: Deductions

Total Tier 2 capital

2,026 1,459 1,385

Total risk-based capital

$ 12,432 $ 11,671 $ 11,372

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS

Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet

$ 68,981 $ 67,390 $ 67,460

Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure

21,499 21,983 21,808

Market risk-equivalent assets

715 607 583

Gross risk-weighted assets

91,195 89,980 89,851

Less: Excess allowance for loan and lease losses

Net risk-weighted assets

$ 91,195 $ 89,980 $ 89,851

AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS

$ 98,290 $ 95,272 $ 93,024

CAPITAL RATIOS

Tier 1 risk-based capital

11.41 % 11.35 % 11.11 %

Total risk-based capital

13.63 12.97 12.66

Leverage (c)

10.59 10.72 10.74

Common Equity Tier 1

11.10 10.94 10.71

(a) Net of capital surplus.
(b) The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $20 million, $28 million, and $22 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(c) This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

125


Table of Contents

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

The Board serves in an oversight capacity ensuring that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced and adds value for the shareholders. The Board understands Key’s risk philosophy, approves the risk appetite, inquires about risk practices, reviews the portfolio of risks, compares the actual risks to the risk appetite, and is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately. The Board challenges management and ensures accountability.

The Board’s Audit Committee assists the Board in oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors. The Audit Committee meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has responsibility over all risk review functions, including internal audit, as well as financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk. The Audit Committee also receives reports on enterprise risk. In addition to regularly scheduled bi-monthly meetings, the Audit Committee convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases.

The Board’s Risk Committee assists the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks. The Risk Committee also assists the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions. The Risk Committee reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports. The Risk Committee also approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

Our ERM Committee, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives, is responsible for managing risk and ensuring that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite. The ERM Program encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company. The ERM Committee reports to the Board’s Risk Committee. Annually, the Board reviews and approves the ERM Policy, as well as the risk appetite, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories. We use a risk-adjusted capital framework to manage risks. This framework is approved and managed by the ERM Committee.

Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Risk Governance Committees include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. The First Line of Defense is the Line of Business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk. The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information. Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense in their role to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness, appropriateness, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls.

The Chief Risk Officer ensures that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions, ensures appropriate ownership of risks, provides input into performance and compensation decisions, assesses aggregate enterprise risk, monitors capabilities to manage critical risks, and executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting.

126


Table of Contents

Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks and conform to regulatory expectations.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. For example, the value of a fixed-rate bond will decline when market interest rates increase, while the cash flows associated with a variable rate loan will increase when interest rates increase. The holder of a financial instrument is exposed to market risk when either the cash flows or the value of the instrument is tied to such external factors.

We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our trading positions are carried at fair value with changes recorded in the income statement. These positions are subject to various market-based risk factors that impact the fair value of the financial instruments in the trading category. Our traditional banking loan and deposit products as well as long-term debt and certain short-term borrowings are nontrading positions. These positions are generally carried at the principal amount outstanding for assets and the amount owed for liabilities. The nontrading positions are subject to changes in economic value due to varying market conditions, primarily changes in interest rates.

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing, and client facilitation activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading activities in the derivative and fixed income markets and maintaining positions in these instruments. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Management of trading market risks . Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and approved by the Market Risk Committee, a Tier 2 Risk Governance Committee, and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment.

The MRM is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each covered position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. All positions in the trading account are recorded at fair value, and changes in fair value are reflected in our consolidated statements of income. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” on page 124 of our 2015 Form 10-K and Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.

127


Table of Contents

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions, and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

Credit derivatives generally include credit default swap indexes, which are used to manage the credit risk exposure associated with anticipated sales of certain commercial real estate loans. The transactions within the credit derivatives portfolio result in exposure to counterparty credit risk and market risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

We use a historical VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions. Historical scenarios are customized for specific covered positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancelable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our covered positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s Risk Management Group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Management Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR on any day during the quarters ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. The MRM backtests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of backtesting are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Backtesting exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR.

We do not engage in correlation trading, or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level for all covered positions was $.8 million at June 30, 2016, and $1 million at June 30, 2015. The decrease in aggregate VaR was primarily due to the decreased exposure in our fixed income and equity portfolios. Figure 31 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. During these periods, none of our significant portfolios daily trading VaR numbers exceeded their VaR limits or stress VaR limits.

128


Table of Contents

Figure 31. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

2016 2015
Three months ended June 30, Three months ended June 30,

in millions

High Low Mean June 30, High Low Mean June 30,

Trading account assets:

Fixed income

$ 1.2 $ .4 $ .6 $ .4 $ .9 $ .3 $ .6 $ .6

Derivatives:

Interest rate

$ .2 $ .1 $ .1 $ .1 .1 $ .1 $ .1

Credit

.2 .1 .2 .3 $ .1 .2 .1

Stressed VaR is calculated using our general VaR results at the 99% confidence level and applying certain assumptions. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $2.7 million at June 30, 2016, and $2.9 million at June 30, 2015. Figure 32 summarizes our stressed VaR for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, as used for market risk capital charge calculation purposes.

Figure 32. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

2016 2015
Three months ended June 30, Three months ended June 30,

in millions

High Low Mean June 30, High Low Mean June 30,

Trading account assets:

Fixed income

$ 2.9 $ 1.1 $ 1.8 $ 1.2 $ 2.6 $ .9 $ 1.7 $ 1.8

Derivatives:

Interest rate

$ .3 $ .1 $ .1 $ .2 $ .3 $ .2 $ .2 $ .2

Credit

.8 .1 .2 .8 .9 .2 .7 .4

Internal capital adequacy assessment. Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset position, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on, which are added together to arrive at total market risk equivalent assets. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Specific risk calculations are run quarterly by the MRM, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and within Board-approved policy limits.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of consumer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee and the ALCO review reports on the components of interest rate risk described above as well as sensitivity analyses of these exposures. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. Internal and external emerging issues are monitored on a daily basis. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

129


Table of Contents
“Reprice risk is the exposure to changes in interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments, including a most likely macro-economic scenario. Simulation modeling assumes that residual risk exposures will be managed to within the risk appetite and Board-approved policy limits.

We measure the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if the federal funds target rate were to gradually increase or decrease over the next 12 months, and term rates were to move in a similar direction, although at a slower pace. Our standard rate scenarios encompass a gradual increase or decrease of 200 basis points, but due to the low interest rate environment, we have modified the standard to a gradual decrease of 50 basis points over three months with no change over the following nine months. After calculating the amount of net interest income at risk to interest rate changes, we compare that amount with the base case of an unchanged interest rate environment. We also perform regular stress tests and sensitivities on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. One set of stress tests and sensitivities assesses the effect of interest rate inputs on simulated exposures. Assessments are performed using different shapes of the yield curve, including steepening or flattening of the yield curve, changes in credit spreads, an immediate parallel change in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Another set of stress tests and sensitivities assesses the effect of loan and deposit assumptions and assumed discretionary strategies on simulated exposures. Assessments are performed on changes to the following assumptions: the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities; changes in lending spreads; prepayments on loans and securities; other loan and deposit balance shifts; investment, funding and hedging activities; and liquidity and capital management strategies.

Simulation analysis produces only a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on judgments related to assumption inputs into the simulation model. We tailor assumptions to the specific interest rate environment and yield curve shape being modeled, and validate those assumptions on a regular basis. Our simulations are performed with the assumption that interest rate risk positions will be actively managed through the use of on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments to achieve the desired residual risk profile. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analysis due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, investment, funding and hedging activities, and repercussions from unanticipated or unknown events.

Figure 33 presents the results of the simulation analysis at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, our simulated exposure to changes in interest rates was moderately asset sensitive, and net interest income would benefit over time from either an increase in short-term or intermediate-term interest rates. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual increase or decrease in short-term interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 4%. In December 2015, the Federal Reserve increased the range for the federal funds target rate, which led to an increased modeled exposure to declining interest rates. Subsequent to the Federal Reserve’s action in December, we increased the magnitude of the declining rate scenario to 50 basis points, increasing our overall modeled exposure. The modeled exposure depends on the relationships of interest rates on our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, notably on instruments that are expected to react to the short end of the yield curve. As shown in Figure 33, we are operating within these levels as of June 30, 2016.

130


Table of Contents

Figure 33. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

June 30, 2016

Basis point change assumption (short-term rates)

-50 +200

Tolerance level

-4.00 % -4.00 %

Interest rate risk assessment

-3.37 % 2.22 %

June 30, 2015

Basis point change assumption (short-term rates)

-25 +200

Tolerance level

-4.00 % -4.00 %

Interest rate risk assessment

-.99 % 2.79 %

The results of additional sensitivity analysis of alternate interest rate paths and loan and deposit behavior assumptions indicates that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 33. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate increases and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. The unprecedented low level of interest rates increases the uncertainty of assumptions for deposit balance behavior and deposit repricing relationships to market interest rates. Recent balance growth in deposits has caused the uncertainty in assumptions to increase further. Our historical deposit repricing betas in the last rising rate cycle ranged between 50% and 60% for interest-bearing deposits, and we continue to make similar assumptions in our modeling. The sensitivity testing of these assumptions supports our confidence that actual results are likely to be within a 100 basis point range of modeled results.

Key will continue to monitor balance sheet flows and expects the benefit from rising rates to increase modestly prior to any increase in the federal funds rate. Our current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.

We also conduct simulations that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a manner similar to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, we calculate exposures to changes of the EVE as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. Because the calculation of EVE under an immediate 200 basis point decrease in interest rates in the current low rate environment results in certain interest rates declining to zero and a less than 200 basis point decrease in certain yield curve term points, we have modified the standard declining rate scenario to an immediate 100 basis point decrease. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as our expectations. We develop remediation plans that would maintain residual risk within tolerance if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. We are operating within these guidelines as of June 30, 2016.

Management of interest rate exposure. We use the results of our various interest rate risk analyses to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to our objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, we manage interest rate risk positions by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives — predominantly in the form of interest rate swaps, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 34 shows all swap positions that we hold for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as we adjust our broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how we use interest rate swaps to manage our risk profile, see Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

131


Table of Contents

Figure 34. Portfolio Swaps by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

June 30, 2016
Weighted-Average June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Maturity
(Years)
Receive
Rate
Pay
Rate
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value

Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional A/LM (a)

$ 14,630 $ 165 2.1 1.0 % .5 % $ 10,455 $ 1

Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt

8,005 353 3.6 1.7 .5 6,760 191

Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt

50 (12 ) 12.0 .6 3.6 50 (5 )

Total portfolio swaps

$ 22,685 $ 506 (b) 2.7 1.2 % .5 % $ 17,265 $ 187 (b)

(a) Portfolio swaps designated as A/LM are used to manage interest rate risk tied to both assets and liabilities.
(b) Excludes accrued interest of $54 million and $58 million at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the unique funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards and the OCC’s Heightened Standards for Large Insured National Banks.

These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, hypothetical funding erosion stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

Following our announced acquisition of First Niagara in October 2015, S&P and Fitch affirmed Key’s ratings but changed the outlook to negative. Moody’s placed Key’s ratings under review for downgrade. On July 13, 2016, Moody’s subsequently confirmed Key’s ratings and changed the outlook from negative to stable, concluding their review.

Our credit ratings at June 30, 2016, are shown in Figure 35. We believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors.

132


Table of Contents

Figure 35. Credit Ratings

June 30, 2016

Short-Term
Borrowings
Long-Term
Deposits
Senior
Long-Term
Debt
Subordinated
Long-Term
Debt
Capital
Securities
Series A
Preferred
Stock

KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY)

Standard & Poor’s

A-2 N/A BBB+ BBB BB+ BB+

Moody’s

P-2 N/A Baa1 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3

Fitch

F1 N/A A- BBB+ BB+ BB

DBRS

R-2(high) N/A BBB(high) BBB BBB N/A

KEYBANK

Standard & Poor’s

A-2 N/A A- BBB+ N/A N/A

Moody’s

P-1 Aa3 A3 Baa1 N/A N/A

Fitch

F1 A A- BBB+ N/A N/A

DBRS

R-1(low) A(low) A(low) BBB(high) N/A N/A

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our lending activities, which inherently places funds into illiquid assets. Liquidity risk is also derived from our deposit gathering activities and the ability of our customers to withdraw funds that do not have a stated maturity or to withdraw funds before their contractual maturity. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under a stressed environment. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly hypothetical funding erosion stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct the hypothetical funding erosion stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Hypothetical erosion stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities for managing liquidity through a problem period. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. The liquid asset portfolio at June 30, 2016, totaled $20.0 billion, consisting of $13.7 billion of unpledged securities, $514 million of securities available for secured funding at the FHLB, and $5.8 billion of net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account. The liquid asset portfolio can fluctuate due to excess liquidity, heightened risk, or prefunding of expected outflows, such as debt maturities. Additionally, as of June 30, 2016, our unused borrowing capacity secured by loan collateral was $15.7 billion at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and $3 billion at the FHLB. During the second quarter of 2016, Key’s outstanding FHLB advances were reduced by $9.5 million due to repayments.

Final U.S. liquidity coverage ratio

Under the Liquidity Coverage Rules, we are required to calculate the Modified LCR for Key. Implementation for Modified LCR banking organizations, like Key, began on January 1, 2016, with a minimum requirement of 90% coverage, reaching 100% coverage by January 1, 2017. For the second quarter of 2016, our Modified LCR was above 100%. In the future, we may change the composition of our investment portfolio, increase the size of the overall investment portfolio, and/or modify product offerings to enhance or optimize our liquidity position.

Additional information about the Liquidity Coverage Ratio is included in the “Supervision and regulation” section under the heading “Liquidity coverage ratio” in Item 2 of this report.

133


Table of Contents

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at June 30, 2016, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 85%), which we calculate as total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by total deposits.

Sources of liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity include customer deposits, wholesale funding, and liquid assets. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 18 (“Long-Term Debt”) beginning on page 208 of our 2015 Form 10-K, that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

On May 20, 2016, KeyBank issued $600 million of 3.40% Subordinated Bank Notes due May 20, 2026, under its Global Bank Note Program.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and pay dividends to shareholders.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current amount of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At June 30, 2016, KeyCorp held $2.9 billion in short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During the second quarter of 2016, KeyBank paid $125 million in dividends to KeyCorp. As of June 30, 2016, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $619 million in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Over the past quarter, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased as a result of an increase in unpledged securities and net customer loan and deposit flows. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional

134


Table of Contents

information on repurchases of common shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds of this report and in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 32 of our 2015 Form 10-K. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

We generate cash flows from operations and from investing and financing activities. We have approximately $204 million of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in international tax jurisdictions as of June 30, 2016. As we consider alternative long-term strategic and liquidity plans, opportunities to repatriate these amounts would result in approximately $3 million in taxes to be paid. We have included the appropriate amount as a deferred tax liability at June 30, 2016.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss to us arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, purchase securities, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee and the Commercial Credit Policy Committee approve retail and commercial credit policies. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and individuals within our lines of business to whom credit risk management has delegated authority are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

Most extensions of credit are subject to loan grading or scoring. Loan grades are assigned to commercial loans at the time of origination, verified by the credit risk management team and periodically reevaluated thereafter. This risk rating methodology blends our judgment with quantitative modeling. Commercial loans generally are assigned two internal risk ratings. The first rating reflects the probability that the borrower will default on an obligation; the second rating reflects expected loss rates on the credit facility. Default probability is determined based on, among other factors, the financial strength of the borrower, an assessment of the borrower’s management, the borrower’s competitive position within its industry sector, and our view of industry risk within the context of the general economic outlook. Types of exposure, transaction structure and collateral, including credit risk mitigants, affect the expected loss assessment.

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan grading and scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For aggregate credit relationships, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower. Our legal lending limit is approximately $1.6 billion for any aggregate credit relationship. However, internal hold limits generally restrict the largest exposures to less than 20% of that amount. As of June 30, 2016, we had five client relationships with loan commitments net of credit default swaps of more than $200 million. The average amount outstanding on these five individual net obligor commitments was $58 million at June 30, 2016. In general, our philosophy is to maintain a diverse portfolio with regard to credit exposures.

We actively manage the overall loan portfolio in a manner consistent with asset quality objectives and concentration risk tolerances to mitigate portfolio credit risk. We utilize credit default swaps on a limited basis to transfer a portion of the credit risk associated with a particular extension of credit to a third party. At June 30, 2016, we used credit default swaps with a notional amount of $270 million to manage the credit risk associated with specific commercial lending obligations. We may also sell credit derivatives — primarily single name credit default swaps — to offset our purchased credit default swap position prior to maturity. At June 30, 2016, we did not have any sold credit default swaps outstanding.

135


Table of Contents

Credit default swaps are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. Related gains or losses, as well as the premium paid or received for credit protection, are included in the “corporate services income” and “other income” components of noninterest income.

Allowance for loan and lease losses

At June 30, 2016, the ALLL was $854 million, or 1.38% of period-end loans, compared to $796 million, or 1.33%, at December 31, 2015, or $796 million, or 1.37%, at June 30, 2015. The allowance includes $41 million that was specifically allocated for impaired loans of $571 million at June 30, 2016, compared to $35 million that was specifically allocated for impaired loans of $308 million at December 31, 2015, and $52 million that was specifically allocated for impaired loans of $334 million at June 30, 2015. For more information about impaired loans, see Note 4 (“Asset Quality”). At June 30, 2016, the ALLL was 138% of nonperforming loans, compared to 205.7% at December 31, 2015, and 190% at June 30, 2015.

Selected asset quality statistics for each of the past five quarters are presented in Figure 36. The factors that drive these statistics are discussed in the remainder of this section.

Figure 36. Selected Asset Quality Statistics from Continuing Operations

2016 2015

dollars in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Net loan charge-offs

$ 43 $ 46 $ 37 $ 41 $ 36

Net loan charge-offs to average total loans

.28 % .31 % .25 % .27 % .25 %

Allowance for loan and lease losses

$ 854 $ 826 $ 796 $ 790 $ 796

Allowance for credit losses (a)

904 895 852 844 841

Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans

1.38 % 1.37 % 1.33 % 1.31 % 1.37 %

Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans

1.46 1.48 1.42 1.40 1.44

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (b)

138.0 122.2 205.7 197.5 190.0

Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (b)

146.0 132.4 220.2 211.0 200.7

Nonperforming loans at period end (b)

$ 619 $ 676 $ 387 $ 400 $ 419

Nonperforming assets at period end (b)

637 692 403 417 440

Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans (b)

1.00 % 1.12 % .65 % .67 % .72 %

Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus

OREO and other nonperforming assets (b)

1.03 1.14 .67 .69 .75

(a) Includes the ALLL plus the liability for credit losses on lending-related unfunded commitments.
(b) Nonperforming loan balances exclude $11 million, $11 million, $11 million, $12 million, and $12 million of PCI loans at June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” beginning on page 122 of our 2015 Form 10-K. Briefly, our allowance applies expected loss rates to existing loans with similar risk characteristics. We exercise judgment to assess any adjustment to the expected loss rates for the impact of factors such as changes in economic conditions, lending policies including underwriting standards, and the level of credit risk associated with specific industries and markets.

For all commercial and consumer loan TDRs, regardless of size, as well as impaired commercial loans with an outstanding balance of $2.5 million or greater, we conduct further analysis to determine the probable loss content and assign a specific allowance to the loan if deemed appropriate. We estimate the extent of the individual impairment for commercial loans and TDRs by comparing the recorded investment of the loan with the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. Secured consumer loan TDRs that are discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not formally re-affirmed are adjusted to reflect the fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell. Other consumer loan TDRs are combined in homogenous pools and assigned a specific allocation based on the estimated present value of future cash flows using the effective interest rate. A specific allowance also may be assigned — even when sources of repayment appear sufficient — if we remain uncertain about whether the loan will be repaid in full. On at least a quarterly basis, we evaluate the appropriateness of our loss estimation methods to reduce differences between estimated incurred losses and actual losses. The ALLL at June 30, 2016, represents our best estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date.

136


Table of Contents

As shown in Figure 37, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $58 million, or 7.3%, during the past 12 months. Our allowance applies expected loss rates to our existing loans with similar risk characteristics as well as any adjustments to reflect our current assessment of qualitative factors, such as changes in economic conditions, underwriting standards, and concentrations of credit. Our commercial ALLL increased by $64 million, or 9.9%, during the past 12 months, primarily because of loan growth and increased incurred loss estimates. The increase in these incurred loss estimates during 2015 and into 2016 was primarily due to the continued decline in oil and gas prices since 2014. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in our consumer ALLL of $6 million, or 4%, since June 30, 2015. Our consumer ALLL decrease was primarily due to continued improvement in credit metrics, such as delinquency, average credit bureau score, and loan to value, which have decreased expected loss rates since 2014. The continued improvement in the consumer portfolio credit quality metrics since 2014 was primarily due to continued improved credit quality and benefits of relatively stable economic conditions. Our liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments increased by $5 million to $50 million at June 30, 2016. When combined with our ALLL, our total allowance for credit losses represented 1.46% of period-end loans at June 30, 2016, compared to 1.42% at December 31, 2015, and 1.44% at June 30, 2015.

Figure 37. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

June 30, 2016 December 31, 2015 June 30, 2015

dollars in millions

Amount Percent of
Allowance to
Total Allowance
Percent of
Loan Type to
Total Loans
Amount Percent of
Allowance to
Total Allowance
Percent of
Loan Type to
Total Loans
Amount Percent of
Allowance to
Total Allowance
Percent of
Loan Type to
Total Loans

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 513 60.1 % 53.8 % $ 450 56.5 % 52.2 % $ 418 52.5 % 50.3 %

Commercial real estate:

Commercial mortgage

135 15.8 13.8 134 16.8 13.3 144 18.1 13.5

Construction

17 2.0 1.4 25 3.2 1.7 31 3.9 2.2

Total commercial real estate loans

152 17.8 15.2 159 20.0 15.0 175 22.0 15.7

Commercial lease financing

45 5.2 6.4 47 5.9 6.7 53 6.7 6.8

Total commercial loans

710 83.1 75.4 656 82.4 73.9 646 81.2 72.8

Real estate — residential mortgage

18 2.1 3.7 18 2.3 3.7 20 2.5 3.9

Home equity loans

65 7.6 16.2 57 7.2 17.3 61 7.7 18.1

Consumer direct loans

19 2.3 2.6 20 2.5 2.7 21 2.6 2.7

Credit cards

30 3.5 1.3 32 4.0 1.3 31 3.9 1.3

Consumer indirect loans

12 1.4 .8 13 1.6 1.1 17 2.1 1.2

Total consumer loans

144 16.9 24.6 140 17.6 26.1 150 18.8 27.2

Total loans (a)

$ 854 100.0 % 100.0 % $ 796 100.0 % 100.0 % $ 796 100.0 % 100.0 %

(a) Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $20 million, $28 million, and $22 million at June 30, 2016, December 31, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

Our provision for credit losses was $52 million for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $41 million for the second quarter of 2015. The increase in our provision is primarily due to the growth in our loan portfolio over the past twelve months and increased charge-offs, primarily in the oil and gas portfolio, compared to the first six months of 2015. We continue to reduce our exposure in our higher-risk businesses, including the residential properties portion of our construction loan portfolio, marine/RV financing, and other selected leasing portfolios through the sale of certain loans, payments from borrowers, or net loan charge-offs.

Asset quality on our oil and gas loan portfolio, which represents approximately 2% of total loans at June 30, 2016, is performing in-line with expectations. Our reserve for credit losses allocated to our oil and gas loan exposure was 8% of the total oil and gas loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, up from 6% at December 31, 2015, and reflected the estimated impact of current oil prices at that date.

Net loan charge-offs

Net loan charge-offs for the second quarter of 2016 totaled $43 million, or .28% of average loans, compared to net loan charge-offs of $36 million, or .25%, for the same period last year. Figure 38 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 39.

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs increased $7 million. This increase is primarily attributable to growth and higher charge-offs in our commercial loan portfolio, partially offset by a decline in the consumer loan portfolio over the same period. As shown in Figure 41, our exit loan portfolio contributed a total of $5 million in net loan charge-offs for the second quarter of 2016, compared to $4 million in net loan charge-offs for the second quarter of 2015. The increase in net loan charge-offs in our exit loan portfolio was primarily driven by higher levels of net loan charge-offs in our commercial exit loan portfolio.

137


Table of Contents

Figure 38. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations (a)

2016 2015

dollars in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 32 $ 23 $ 15 $ 24 $ 15

Real estate — Commercial mortgage

(4 ) (1 ) (2 )

Real estate — Construction

(1 ) (1 )

Commercial lease financing

1 3 6

Total commercial loans

29 24 19 24 14

Real estate — Residential mortgage

1 1

Home equity loans

3 7 5 3 8

Consumer direct loans

4 5 5 5 4

Credit cards

7 7 7 6 7

Consumer indirect loans

(1 ) 3 1 2 3

Total consumer loans

14 22 18 17 22

Total net loan charge-offs

$ 43 $ 46 $ 37 $ 41 $ 36

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

.28 % .31 % .25 % .27 % .25 %

Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business

$ 4 $ 6 $ 7 $ 7 $ 2

(a) Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

138


Table of Contents

Figure 39. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Three months ended June 30, Six months ended June 30,

dollars in millions

2016 2015 2016 2015

Average loans outstanding

$ 61,148 $ 57,978 $ 60,652 $ 57,746

Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period

$ 826 $ 794 $ 796 $ 794

Loans charged off:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

35 21 61 33

Real estate — commercial mortgage

2 3 2

Real estate — construction

1

Total commercial real estate loans (a)

2 3 3

Commercial lease financing

3 1 6 3

Total commercial loans (b)

40 22 70 39

Real estate — residential mortgage

1 1 3 3

Home equity loans

7 10 17 18

Consumer direct loans

6 6 12 12

Credit cards

8 8 16 16

Consumer indirect loans

2 5 6 11

Total consumer loans

24 30 54 60

Total loans charged off

64 52 124 99

Recoveries:

Commercial, financial and agricultural

3 6 6 11

Real estate — commercial mortgage

6 8 2

Real estate — construction

1 1 1

Total commercial real estate loans (a)

6 1 9 3

Commercial lease financing

2 1 2 5

Total commercial loans (b)

11 8 17 19

Real estate — residential mortgage

1 2 1

Home equity loans

4 2 7 5

Consumer direct loans

2 2 3 4

Credit cards

1 1 2 1

Consumer indirect loans

3 2 4 5

Total consumer loans

10 8 18 16

Total recoveries

21 16 35 35

Net loan charge-offs

(43 ) (36 ) (89 ) (64 )

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

71 37 147 66

Foreign currency translation adjustment

1

Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of period

$ 854 $ 796 $ 854 $ 796

Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of period

$ 69 $ 41 $ 56 $ 35

Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments

(19 ) 4 (6 ) 10

Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of period (c)

$ 50 $ 45 $ 50 $ 45

Total allowance for credit losses at end of period

$ 904 $ 841 $ 904 $ 841

Net loan charge-offs to average total loans

.28 % .25 % .30 % .22 %

Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans

1.38 1.37 1.38 1.37

Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans

1.46 1.44 1.46 1.44

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans

138.0 190.0 138.0 190.0

Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans

146.0 200.7 146.0 200.7

Discontinued operations — education lending business:

Loans charged off

$ 6 $ 6 $ 15 $ 16

Recoveries

2 4 5 8

Net loan charge-offs

$ (4 ) $ (2 ) $ (10 ) $ (8 )

(a) See Figure 20 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b) See Figure 19 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c) Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

139


Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets

Figure 40 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. These assets totaled $637 million at June 30, 2016, and represented 1.03% of period-end portfolio loans, OREO and other nonperforming assets, compared to $403 million, or .67%, at December 31, 2015, and $440 million, or .75%, at June 30, 2015. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” beginning on page 121 of our 2015 Form 10-K for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

Figure 40. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

dollars in millions

June 30,
2016
March 31,
2016
December 31,
2015
September 30,
2015
June 30,
2015

Commercial, financial and agricultural

$ 321 $ 380 $ 82 $ 89 $ 100

Real estate — commercial mortgage

14 16 19 23 26

Real estate — construction

25 12 9 9 12

Total commercial real estate loans (a)

39 28 28 32 38

Commercial lease financing

10 11 13 21 18

Total commercial loans (b)

370 419 123 142 156

Real estate — residential mortgage

54 59 64 67 67

Home equity loans

189 191 190 181 184

Consumer direct loans

1 1 2 1 1

Credit cards

2 2 2 2 2

Consumer indirect loans

3 4 6 7 9

Total consumer loans

249 257 264 258 263

Total nonperforming loans (c)

619 676 387 400 419

OREO

15 14 14 17 20

Other nonperforming assets

3 2 2 1

Total nonperforming assets (c)

$ 637 $ 692 $ 403 $ 417 $ 440

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

$ 70 $ 70 $ 72 $ 54 $ 66

Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days

203 237 208 271 181

Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (d)

277 283 280 287 300

Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (d)

133 151 159 160 170

Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business

5 6 7 8 6

Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans (c)

1.00 % 1.12 % .65 % .67 % .72 %

Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c)

1.03 1.14 .67 .69 .75

(a) See Figure 20 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b) See Figure 19 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c) Nonperforming loan balances exclude $11 million, $11 million, $11 million, $12 million, and $12 million of PCI loans at June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.
(d) Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.

As shown in Figure 40, nonperforming assets at June 30, 2016, increased $197 million from one year ago. Increases in nonperforming assets in the commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio, which were primarily due to the credit migration in the oil and gas portfolio, were partially offset by declines in nonperforming assets in the commercial lease financing and consumer loan portfolios. As shown in Figure 41, our exit loan portfolio accounted for $14 million, or 2%, of our total nonperforming assets at June 30, 2016, compared to $26 million, or 6%, at June 30, 2015.

At June 30, 2016, the approximate carrying amount of our commercial nonperforming loans outstanding represented 83% of their contractual amount owed, total nonperforming loans outstanding represented 83% of their contractual amount owed, and nonperforming assets in total were carried at 83% of their original contractual amount owed. At the same date, OREO and other nonperforming assets represented 75% of its original contractual amount owed.

At June 30, 2016, our 20 largest nonperforming loans totaled $331 million, representing 54% of total nonperforming loans. At June 30, 2015, our 20 largest nonperforming loans totaled $120 million, representing 29% of total nonperforming loans.

Figure 41 shows the composition of our exit loan portfolio at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015, the net loan charge-offs recorded on this portfolio for the second quarter of 2016 and the second quarter of 2015, and the nonperforming status of these loans at June 30, 2016, and June 30, 2015. The exit loan portfolio represented 2% of total loans and loans held for sale at June 30, 2016, and 3% of total loans and loans held for sale at June 30, 2015.

140


Table of Contents

Figure 41. Exit Loan Portfolio from Continuing Operations

Balance
Outstanding
Change
6-30-16 vs.

6-30-15
Net Loan
Charge-offs
Balance on
Nonperforming

Status

in millions

6-30-16 6-30-15 6-30-16 6-30-15 6-30-16 6-30-15

Residential properties — homebuilder

$ 6 $ (6 ) $ 4 $ 8

Marine and RV floor plan

2 (2 ) 1

Commercial lease financing (a)

$ 731 831 (100 ) $ 1

Total commercial loans

731 839 (108 ) 1 4 9

Home equity — Other

183 236 (53 ) 1 $ 1 7 8

Marine

496 673 (177 ) 3 3 3 8

RV and other consumer

35 47 (12 ) 1

Total consumer loans

714 956 (242 ) 4 4 10 17

Total exit loans in loan portfolio

$ 1,445 $ 1,795 $ (350 ) $ 5 $ 4 $ 14 $ 26

Discontinued operations — education lending business (not included in exit loans above)

$ 1,692 $ 1,962 $ (270 ) $ 4 $ 2 $ 5 $ 6

(a) Includes (1) the business aviation, commercial vehicle, office products, construction, and industrial leases; (2) Canadian lease financing portfolios; (3) European lease financing portfolios; and (4) all remaining balances related to lease in, lease out; sale in, lease out; service contract leases; and qualified technological equipment leases.

Figure 42 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last five quarters.

Figure 42. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2016 2015

in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Balance at beginning of period

$ 676 $ 387 $ 400 $ 419 $ 437

Loans placed on nonaccrual status

124 406 81 81 92

Charge-offs

(64 ) (60 ) (51 ) (53 ) (52 )

Loans sold

(11 ) (2 )

Payments

(75 ) (8 ) (21 ) (16 ) (25 )

Transfers to OREO

(6 ) (4 ) (4 ) (4 ) (5 )

Transfers to other nonperforming assets

(1 )

Loans returned to accrual status

(36 ) (34 ) (17 ) (25 ) (28 )

Balance at end of period (a)

$ 619 $ 676 $ 387 $ 400 $ 419

(a) Nonperforming loan balances exclude $11 million, $11 million, $11 million, $12 million, and $12 million of PCI loans at June 30, 2016, March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015, respectively.

Figure 43 shows the factors that contributed to the change in our OREO during each of the last five quarters.

Figure 43. Summary of Changes in Other Real Estate Owned, Net of Allowance, from Continuing Operations

2016 2015

in millions

Second First Fourth Third Second

Balance at beginning of period

$ 14 $ 14 $ 17 $ 20 $ 20

Properties acquired — nonperforming loans

6 4 4 4 5

Valuation adjustments

(2 ) (1 ) (2 ) (2 ) (1 )

Properties sold

(3 ) (3 ) (5 ) (5 ) (4 )

Balance at end of period

$ 15 $ 14 $ 14 $ 17 $ 20

141


Table of Contents

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the Internet to conduct our business activities.

Operational risk also encompasses compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. We have created work teams to respond to and analyze the regulatory requirements that have been or will be promulgated as a result of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act. Resulting operational risk losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to our reputation, or foregone opportunities.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Committee serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Risk and Audit Committees and independently supports the Risk Committee’s oversight of these controls.

Cybersecurity

We maintain comprehensive Cyber Incident Response Plans, and we devote significant time and resources to maintaining and regularly updating our technology systems and processes to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks, and other technology assets against attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems, or cause other damage. We and many other U.S. financial institutions have experienced distributed denial-of-service attacks from technologically sophisticated third parties. These attacks are intended to disrupt or disable consumer online banking services and prevent banking transactions. We also periodically experience other attempts to breach the security of our systems and data. These cyberattacks have not, to date, resulted in any material disruption of our operations or material harm to our customers, and have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Cyberattack risks may also occur with our third-party technology service providers, and may interfere with their ability to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, with attendant potential for financial loss or liability that could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Recent high-profile cyberattacks have targeted retailers and other businesses for the purpose of acquiring the confidential information (including personal, financial, and credit card information) of customers, some of whom are customers of ours. We may incur expenses related to the investigation of such attacks or related to the protection of our customers from identity theft as a result of such attacks. Risks and exposures related to cyberattacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking, and other technology-based products and services by us and our clients.

142


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our business is dynamic and complex. Consequently, we must exercise judgment in choosing and applying accounting policies and methodologies. These choices are critical – not only are they necessary to comply with GAAP, they also reflect our view of the appropriate way to record and report our overall financial performance. All accounting policies are important, and all policies described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) beginning on page 119 of our 2015 Form 10-K should be reviewed for a greater understanding of how we record and report our financial performance.

In our opinion, some accounting policies are more likely than others to have a critical effect on our financial results and to expose those results to potentially greater volatility. These policies apply to areas of relatively greater business importance, or require us to exercise judgment and to make assumptions and estimates that affect amounts reported in the financial statements. Because these assumptions and estimates are based on current circumstances, they may prove to be inaccurate, or we may find it necessary to change them.

We rely heavily on the use of judgment, assumptions, and estimates to make a number of core decisions, including accounting for the ALLL; contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes; derivatives and related hedging activities; and assets and liabilities that involve valuation methodologies. In addition, we may employ outside valuation experts to assist us in determining fair values of certain assets and liabilities. A brief discussion of each of these areas appears on pages 103 through 107 of our 2015 Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2016, $17 billion, or 17%, of our total assets were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Approximately 99% of these assets, before netting adjustments, were classified as Level 1 or Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. At June 30, 2016, $1 billion, or 2%, of our total liabilities were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All of these liabilities were classified as Level 1 or Level 2.

During the second quarter of 2016, $12 million of our total assets were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. All of these assets were classified as Level 3. At June 30, 2016, there were no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

During the first six months of 2016, we did not significantly alter the manner in which we applied our critical accounting policies or developed related assumptions and estimates.

143


Table of Contents

European Sovereign and Non-Sovereign Debt Exposures

Our total European sovereign and non-sovereign debt exposure is presented in Figure 44.

Figure 44. European Sovereign and Non-Sovereign Debt Exposures

June 30, 2016

in millions

Short-and Long-
Term Commercial
Total
(a)
Foreign Exchange
and Derivatives
with Collateral
(b)
Net
Exposure

France:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

$ 3 $ 3

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

$ 13 13

Total

13 3 16

Germany:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

186 186

Total

186 186

Greece:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

Total

Iceland:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

Total

Ireland:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

Total

Italy:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

27 27

Total

27 27

Netherlands:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

10 10

Total

10 10

Portugal:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

Total

Spain:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

16 16

Total

16 16

Switzerland:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

(2 ) (2 )

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

60 60

Total

60 (2 ) 58

United Kingdom:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

149 149

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

71 71

Total

71 149 220

Other Europe: (c)

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

67 67

Total

67 67

Total Europe:

Sovereigns

Non-sovereign financial institutions

150 150

Non-sovereign non-financial institutions

450 450

Total

$ 450 $ 150 $ 600

(a) Represents our outstanding leases.
(b) Represents contracts to hedge our balance sheet asset and liability needs, and to accommodate our clients’ trading and/or hedging needs. Our derivative mark-to-market exposures are calculated and reported on a daily basis. These exposures are largely covered by cash or highly marketable securities collateral with daily collateral calls.
(c) Other Europe consists of the following countries: Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, Hungary, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Norway, Poland, Romania, Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Sweden, and Ukraine. 100% of our exposure in Other Europe is in Belgium, Finland, and Sweden.

Our credit risk exposure is largely concentrated in developed countries with emerging market exposure essentially limited to commercial facilities; these exposures are actively monitored by management. We do not have at-risk exposures in the rest of the world.

144


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

The information presented in the “Market risk management” section of the Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, KeyCorp carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of KeyCorp’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of KeyCorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), to ensure that information required to be disclosed by KeyCorp in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to KeyCorp’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, KeyCorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, as of the end of the period covered by this report. No changes were made to KeyCorp’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, KeyCorp’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The information presented in the Legal Proceedings section of Note 15 (“Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees”) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) is incorporated herein by reference.

On at least a quarterly basis, we assess our liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Where it is probable that we will incur a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability in our consolidated financial statements. These legal reserves may be increased or decreased to reflect any relevant developments on a quarterly basis. Where a loss is not probable or the amount of the loss is not estimable, we have not accrued legal reserves, consistent with applicable accounting guidance. Based on information currently available to us, advice of counsel, and available insurance coverage, we believe that our established reserves are adequate and the liabilities arising from the legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition. We note, however, that in light of the inherent uncertainty in legal proceedings there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution will not exceed established reserves. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter or a combination of matters may be material to our results of operations for a particular period, depending upon the size of the loss or our income for that particular period.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

For a discussion of certain risk factors affecting us, see the section titled “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1. Business, on pages 9-18 of our 2015 Form 10-K; Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, on pages 18-30 of our 2015 Form 10-K; the section titled “Supervision and regulation” in this Form 10-Q; and our disclosure regarding forward-looking statements in this Form 10-Q.

145


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

From time to time, KeyCorp or its principal subsidiary, KeyBank, may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt of KeyCorp or KeyBank, and capital securities or preferred stock of KeyCorp, through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Such transactions, if any, depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Common share repurchases under the 2015 capital plan began in the second quarter of 2015 and were suspended in the fourth quarter of 2015 in connection with the announcement of our acquisition of First Niagara. In April 2016, we submitted to the Federal Reserve and provided to the OCC our 2016 capital plan under the annual CCAR process. On June 29, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to our 2016 capital plan. Share repurchases of up to $350 million were included in the 2016 capital plan, which is effective through the second quarter of 2017. We anticipate repurchasing common shares in the third quarter of 2016 following the completion of the acquisition of First Niagara.

The following table summarizes our repurchases of our common shares for the three months ended June 30, 2016.

Calendar month

Total number of shares
repurchased (a)
Average price paid
per share
Total number of shares purchased as
part of publicly announced plans or
programs
Maximum number of shares that may
yet be purchased as part of publicly
announced plans or programs
(b)

April 1 — 30

1,406 $ 11.08 37,658,833

May 1 — 31

2,087 11.54 36,100,077

June 1 — 30

1,066 12.85 41,881,384

Total

4,559 $ 11.70

(a) Includes common shares deemed surrendered by employees in connection with our stock compensation and benefit plans to satisfy tax obligations. There were no common shares repurchased in the open market during the second quarter of 2016.
(b) Calculated using the remaining general repurchase amount divided by the closing price of KeyCorp common shares as follows: on April 30, 2016, at $12.29; on May 31, 2016, at $12.82; and on June 30, 2016, at $11.05.

Item 6. Exhibits

3 Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of KeyCorp, effective August 1, 2016, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K on August 1, 2016.*
15 Acknowledgment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101 The following materials from KeyCorp’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2016, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Incorporated by reference. Copies of these Exhibits have been filed with the SEC. Exhibits that are not incorporated by reference are filed with this report. Shareholders may obtain a copy of any exhibit, upon payment of reproductions costs, by writing KeyCorp Investor Relations, 127 Public Square, Mail Code OH-01-27-0737, Cleveland, OH 44114-1306.

Information Available on Website

KeyCorp makes available free of charge on its website, www.key.com , its 2015 Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after KeyCorp electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. We also make available a summary of filings made with the SEC of statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors and officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The “Regulatory Disclosures and Filings” tab of the investor relations section of our website includes public disclosures concerning our annual and mid-year stress-testing activities under the Dodd-Frank Act. Information contained on or accessible through our website or any other website referenced in this report is not part of this report.

146


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the date indicated.

KEYCORP

(Registrant)
Date: August 5, 2016

/s/ Douglas M. Schosser

By:  Douglas M. Schosser

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS